Aimee Bender and the Uses of the Impossible

Aimee Bender (b. June 28, 1969) is an American novelist and short story writer. Her fiction draws fairy tale, surrealism, and psychological realism into a single line of work. She sets one impossible event inside an ordinary world and follows its emotional consequences with full seriousness. Since her debut in the late 1990s she has become a central figure in the revival of literary fabulism in American fiction.

She grew up in Los Angeles in a Jewish home. Her father worked as a psychoanalyst, her mother as a dance therapist. Both trades read emotional life through the unconscious mind and the body, and that double inheritance runs through her stories, where physical change carries psychological weight. She has resisted autobiographical readings of the work, yet the pattern holds across book after book: a body alters, and the alteration names a feeling that plain description would miss. She earned a bachelor’s degree in literature, with an emphasis on creative writing, from the University of California, San Diego, in 1991, and an MFA from the University of California, Irvine, in 1997. At Irvine she studied with the novelist Judith Grossman and the writer Geoffrey Wolff, both of whom pressed for precision and emotional truth. That training stayed with her even as she moved toward the surreal. She names Oscar Wilde, Hans Christian Andersen, the Brothers Grimm, and Anne Sexton among her chief influences.

She attended Pacific Palisades High School, where she ran with the honors crowd and watched the drama group from the edge. She has said she admired their appetite for performance. She treated writing as a hobby until graduate school, when she began to write every morning.

Her first collection, The Girl in the Flammable Skirt (1998), made her reputation at once. The book became a New York Times Notable Book. Women sprout strange features, household objects acquire feeling, and fairy tale figures meet modern dread. Critics reached for Angela Carter and Donald Barthelme, then noticed the tenderness under the strangeness. The stories left realism behind without losing psychological credit. The impossible became her language for states that ordinary narration struggles to hold.

Her first novel, An Invisible Sign of My Own (2000), follows Mona Gray, a young mathematics teacher who treats numbers as armor against uncertainty. Obsessive ritual becomes a system she uses to hold an unpredictable world in place. The book carries magical touches, but its center sits on isolation and the search for contact. The Los Angeles Times named it a Book of the Year, and a 2011 film adaptation, An Invisible Sign, starred Jessica Alba.

She returned to short fiction with Willful Creatures (2005), her purest run of invention. Potato children, tiny men who live in pockets, and other impossible beings carry recognizable fears. The strange premises rarely settle for whimsy. They expose dependence, loneliness, and the fragile terms of intimacy. The collection drew a James Tiptree Jr. Award nomination, and critics began to treat her as a major shaper of the American short story.

Her largest commercial success came with The Particular Sadness of Lemon Cake (2010). Rose Edelstein, a young girl, tastes the emotions of whoever made her food. What looks at first like a charmed gift turns into a burden as she absorbs her mother’s despair and her father’s distance and the family tensions no one names aloud. The novel treats empathy as an overwhelming sense that wears away a child’s boundaries. The book reached the New York Times bestseller list, won the Southern California Independent Booksellers Association award for fiction, and received an Alex Award from the American Library Association. It remains her best-known work and carried her to an international readership.

The Color Master (2013) kept to fairy tale structures with more formal command. The title story imagines an apprentice charged with mixing the colors of the world, and other stories rework folklore and domestic life through surreal change. The collection reached the shortlist for the Frank O’Connor International Short Story Award. Reviewers praised the balance of imaginative freedom and_restraint.

Her most recent novel, The Butterfly Lampshade (2020), looks at childhood trauma, mental illness, and memory through Francie, whose mother suffers a psychotic break. As elsewhere in her work, the extraordinary blurs the line between perception and the supernatural, and the novel keeps the ambiguity rather than resolving it. The book reached the longlist for the PEN/Jean Stein Book Award and drew praise for its compassion toward mental illness and family instability.

Several themes recur across the fiction. She studies how children build imaginative systems to make sense of adult suffering. She draws families as networks of hidden current rather than stable institutions. Physical change stands in for psychological change, and bodies become the ground where shame, desire, and love take visible form. Unlike most fantasy, her stories rarely explain their impossible premises. Characters adapt to the strange the way people accommodate emotional facts they cannot reason their way out of.

Critics group the work under magical realism, fabulism, or slipstream. Bender has said she cares less about genre than about the emotional necessity behind a premise, and that surrealism lets a writer reach experience that realism alone cannot hold. Magical events serve as metaphor for the reader while staying literal for the character who lives them. Alongside Kelly Link and Karen Russell, she helped define a generation of American fabulists who traded strict realism for emotion-driven fantasy. Her restrained prose and her refusal to explain the supernatural set her apart from the rest.

She teaches as Distinguished Professor of English at the University of Southern California, where she has mentored emerging novelists and short story writers and once directed the PhD program in creative writing and literature. Her workshops favor curiosity, intuition, and long attention to a single image over formula or commercial calculation. She argues that fiction starts in mystery, not certainty, and that a writer should resist explaining away the strange impulse that set the story going. Her own practice follows the rule. She writes about two hours each morning, begins with a vivid image or an odd sentence, and discovers the story in the act of writing rather than through an outline.

Her stories have appeared in Granta, The Paris Review, Harper’s, GQ, Tin House, and McSweeney’s, and several have been broadcast on This American Life and Selected Shorts. She has won two Pushcart Prizes and earned a Shirley Jackson Award nomination for her story “Faces.” Her books have been translated into more than sixteen languages.

A 2006 interview fills in the person behind the work. She describes herself as optimistic and friendly, and says people who knew her without knowing her well were surprised by the dark material in her fiction. She rejects the word “flat” for her public manner and prefers “calm.” She does not believe in the muse. She named Halloween her favorite holiday for its license to enter the unconscious through imagination and fantasy. She links the literary to depth, and depth to despair, while warning that despair performed to join a club is the more hopeless kind.

In the same interview she traced a rise in her Jewish identification to the end of her marriage. Her then-husband had defended a swastika his family displayed as an ancient pagan and Native American symbol, and she asked only that they reverse it. She tied the dispute to Jewishness and to the close of the marriage, and said the divorce brought a resurgence of interest in valuing her Judaism. She began to attend synagogue more often, took part in the Reboot gatherings of younger joys, and appeared twice at the San Francisco Jewish Book Festival. She had not been to Israel, and she described the relationship of American Jews to Israel as a subject that shuts people down where it ought to open a lively debate. Asked where Jewishness sat among her priorities, she moved it up the list over the course of the conversation, from a number a moderator had once put near the bottom to something closer to the center.

Bender has published a small body of work, and each book has widened her standing as a writer who joins formal invention to emotional depth. Her method, the single surreal premise that lights up a recognizable feeling, has spread among younger American writers. In a period split between strict realism and high-concept fantasy, she holds the uncertain ground between the ordinary and the impossible, and treats the fantastic as one more route to emotional truth rather than an escape from it.

Posted in Literature | Comments Off on Aimee Bender and the Uses of the Impossible

Reflexive Modernity: The Sociology of Anthony Giddens

Anthony Giddens (b. 1938) ranks among the leading sociologists of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. He built structuration theory to close the old quarrel between accounts that put human agency first and accounts that grant social structures the deciding force. Social life, he argues, comes into existence through the continuous action of knowledgeable people who work within institutional limits that their own conduct reproduces and revises. Beyond the seminar room he became a public intellectual of unusual reach, writing on globalization, modernity, risk, democracy, welfare, and climate. His thinking carried into government, above all in Britain under Tony Blair (b. 1953), where the idea of a “Third Way” supplied much of the intellectual scaffolding for New Labour.

He was born in Edmonton, North London, into a lower-middle-class home. His father worked for the London Transport Board, and Giddens reached university before anyone else in the family had done so. He credited those origins with a lasting attention to mobility and class, themes that stayed with him across his career. He attended Minchenden Grammar School in Southgate, then read sociology and psychology at the University of Hull, taking his degree in 1959. A master’s followed at the London School of Economics, where he studied under David Lockwood (1929-2014) and Asher Tropp, before doctoral work at King’s College, Cambridge, on sport and British society. The training rooted him in British empirical sociology and opened the European traditions of social thought to him at the same time.

Giddens began teaching at the University of Leicester, where he worked beside Norbert Elias (1897-1990). Their methods diverged, yet Elias’s long historical view of social development left its mark. In 1969 Giddens moved to Cambridge, helped found the Social and Political Sciences Committee, and took the chair of sociology in 1987. He became a Life Fellow of King’s College.

Through the 1970s he established himself as a leading British theorist. His early books reread the foundations of the discipline and pressed against its settled assumptions. Capitalism and Modern Social Theory (1971) recast Karl Marx (1818-1883), Max Weber (1864-1920), and Émile Durkheim (1858-1917) as a single interconnected tradition. The Class Structure of the Advanced Societies (1973) rethought class against the spread of bureaucracy, mass education, and professional work. New Rules of Sociological Method (1976) turned on both positivism and interpretive sociology, and held that the social sciences differ at root from the natural sciences because human beings interpret themselves and their world before any sociologist arrives to study them.

From that last point came one of his durable methodological ideas, the double hermeneutic. A physicist studies matter that holds no opinion about physics. A sociologist studies people who already carry interpretations of their own conduct and their own society. The sociologist therefore interprets actors who are themselves interpreters. Scientific concepts then flow back into the social world and alter the behavior they meant to describe. This loop makes sociology a reflexive discipline and sets it apart from the natural sciences.

His central theoretical achievement took form between the late 1970s and the mid-1980s in Central Problems in Social Theory (1979), A Contemporary Critique of Historical Materialism (1981), and above all The Constitution of Society (1984). Structuration theory addresses one of the oldest disputes in the field: whether autonomous individuals or objective structures do more to shape society. Giddens rejects the choice. Structures do not stand apart from action. They consist of rules and resources that people draw on in the course of ordinary life. Actors know a great deal about what they do and watch their own conduct and the conduct of others, adjusting as conditions change, and the same actions reproduce the institutions that house them. He named this the duality of structure. Structure enables action and constrains it; action reproduces structure and transforms it.

The framework rests on a distinction between allocative and authoritative resources. Allocative resources cover the material: land, technology, capital, goods. Authoritative resources name the capacity to organize people, coordinate institutions, command time and space, and direct what others do. Power grows out of access to both, which actors mobilize within existing rules to hold institutions in place or to change them. Structuration theory became a defining framework of late-twentieth-century social science, and its reach extended past sociology into political science, geography, anthropology, education, organizational study, communication, management, and international relations.

In 1985 Giddens co-founded Polity Press with David Held (1951-2019) and John B. Thompson. The independent house grew into a leading publisher of social theory in English and carried the work of Jürgen Habermas (b. 1929), Michel Foucault (1926-1984), Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002), and many others to English-language readers through translation. As author and as publisher together, Giddens helped set the intellectual map of the discipline for a generation of students.

From the late 1980s his attention turned to the character of modernity. The Consequences of Modernity (1990), Modernity and Self-Identity (1991), and The Transformation of Intimacy (1992) describe advanced societies entering a new phase marked by globalization, fast technological change, institutional reflexivity, and rising uncertainty. Modernity wears away the old sources of authority. Family roles, religious commitment, occupation, and local community lose their fixity, and people must compose their own lives through choice rather than inherited custom. The result grants new freedom and breeds new insecurity.

Drawing on psychoanalysis and existential thought, Giddens holds that a man needs a basic trust in the steadiness and predictability of daily life. He calls this ontological security. Tradition once supplied that trust through ritual, custom, and durable institutions. Late modernity thins those supports and leaves the individual to sustain identity through constant self-reflection. When ontological security fails, anxiety and a sense of dislocation follow.

The reflexive project of the self says identity no longer arrives by inheritance. A man revises it against new information, new openings, and shifting expectation, so that private life becomes an ongoing work of construction. In The Transformation of Intimacy Giddens added the pure relationship. While older marriages held together through economic need, religious duty, or family expectation, the pure relationship lasts only as long as both partners find it rewarding, and it draws on what he called confluent love, sustained by negotiation and communication rather than permanent obligation. The idea shaped later research on intimacy, family, sexuality, and the changing relations of the sexes.

Globalization held a central place in his later work. He refused to read it as an economic process alone and treated it instead as a change that ran at once through politics, communication, culture, identity, and ordinary experience. Faster transport and digital communication compressed time and space, so that a local event could carry immediate global consequences while distant developments reached into local lives.

Risk sat close to this. The broader notion of a “risk society” belongs to Ulrich Beck (144-2015), yet Giddens worked out his own account of manufactured risk. Modern societies face dangers produced by science and technology rather than by nature alone. Climate change, biotechnology, financial instability, artificial intelligence, and nuclear power all show hazards born of modernization. Because such dangers stay hidden until they grow severe, democracies struggle to act before the harm arrives. That observation hardened into what came to be called Giddens’s paradox: citizens discount a remote threat such as climate change because its costs feel distant, and by the time the costs press in, much of the chance to prevent them has gone.

His public standing drew him toward politics. Through the 1990s he became the leading advocate of the Third Way, an effort to renew social democracy after the fall of state socialism and the rise of market liberalism. In The Third Way: The Renewal of Social Democracy (1998) he argued that progressive governments should accept competitive markets while they press for equal opportunity, education, social investment, environmental care, and wider democratic participation. He stressed more than once that he never served as a formal adviser to Blair and saw himself as an independent scholar feeding broader center-left debate. Welfare, on his account, should lift citizens through education, training, childcare, and work rather than settle them into dependency.

Supporters read the Third Way as a sober adjustment to globalization. Critics charged that it made peace with neoliberal capitalism instead of opposing it. Bourdieu held that Third Way politics accepted market reform while it gave up larger claims about justice and democratic equality. After the financial crisis of 2008 many asked whether the program had misjudged the instability of financial capitalism.

From 1997 to 2003 Giddens served as Director of the London School of Economics through a stretch of international growth and rising public engagement, and the school sharpened its global standing and its weight in policy debate under him. In June 2004 he was created Baron Giddens of Southgate and took a Labour life peer’s seat in the House of Lords, where he joined debates on education, constitutional reform, Europe, technology, and climate. Between 2006 and 2024 he took part in close to two hundred debates and sat on the Lords Select Committee on Artificial Intelligence, whose 2018 report pressed for ethical governance, democratic oversight, and transparency in AI.

Across the 2000s and 2010s his writing settled on climate, global governance, and the future of Europe. The Politics of Climate Change (2009) stands among the first full sociological treatments of climate policy, and Turbulent and Mighty Continent (2014) weighed the strains on the European Union. Since the middle 2010s he has produced fewer new theoretical syntheses and given more time to revising his textbooks, writing on public affairs, and joining argument over artificial intelligence, the environment, democratic renewal, and global governance. His textbook Sociology, written in its later editions with Philip W. Sutton, reached a ninth edition in 2021 and has sold well past a million copies. His American text, Introduction to Sociology, written with Mitchell Duneier and others, became a standard course book.

Honors followed the work. He joined the Academia Europaea in 1993, received Portugal’s Grand Cross of the Order of Prince Henry in 1999, won the Prince of Asturias Award for Social Sciences in 2002, was elected a Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, took numerous honorary doctorates, and in 2020 received the Arne Naess Chair and Prize from the University of Oslo for his work on climate and environmental governance.

The work also met sustained criticism. Many readers found structuration theory abstract and hard to put to empirical use. The strongest challenge came from Margaret Archer (b. 1943), whose analytical dualism held that Giddens fused structure and agency into a single process. Structures, Archer argued, predate the people who live within them and so exert causal force before any human action can change them; by treating structure and agency as one duality, Giddens lost the order of time through which institutions condition later conduct. Marxist scholars argued that he understated the staying power of capitalism and class. Poststructuralist critics replied that his knowledgeable actor leaves out unconscious motive and the scattered workings of power. His political judgment drew fire after visits to Libya in 2006 and 2007, where he met Muammar Gaddafi (1942-2011) to discuss reform, and later observers read those meetings as too hopeful about the chances for liberalization.

The criticism has not displaced him. By the count of the Open Syllabus Project he ranks among the most assigned authors in sociology, and citation studies place him among the most cited humanities scholars of the period. His concepts hold their place across the field: the duality of structure, the double hermeneutic, ontological security, manufactured risk, reflexive modernity, the reflexive project of the self, the pure relationship. Few scholars of the era joined theoretical invention, institutional leadership, textbook authorship, a publishing house, and direct political influence on the same scale. By rebuilding the inheritance of classical sociology and framing fresh ways to think about globalization, identity, risk, and institutional change, Giddens left a lasting mark on the social sciences and on public life.

A Trust You Can Leave

In June 2004 a man in his middle sixties stood in the House of Lords and took the title Baron Giddens of Southgate. He had grown up in Edmonton, North London, the son of a man who worked for the London Transport Board, and he had gone to grammar school in Southgate before leaving for the University of Hull at eighteen. Now he took the place as a name. Scarlet robes, the writ of summons, the oath read from a card, two peers walking beside him: he submitted to a ritual older than his discipline and built to press on a man the weight of an order he did not author. Anthony Giddens (b. 1938) had spent forty years arguing that a man authors his life. He bowed where the officials told him to bow and signed where they told him to sign, and the name he carried out was the name of the ground he had climbed away from, reclaimed on terms he set.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) held that every society runs as a machine for the denial of death, and that a man builds his life around a project that promises to outlast him. Becker called it the immortality project. The sacred values of any group serve as the local currency of that promise. Hold these things holy, do these things, and you are not erased when you die. The terror underneath, Becker thought, stays simple. A man is an animal that knows it will rot, and he cannot bear to be only that, so he attaches himself to something that does not rot.

Giddens built his project against a particular face of the terror. Call it fixity. The closed life, the life handed down at birth and carried to the grave without revision, the man who does what his father did because the question of doing otherwise never opened. Fixity is death wearing the clothes of a living man. To be finished while still breathing, to be a thing fully specified by where you started, reads to Giddens as a small daily dying. His whole body of work argues that no one is finished. He gave the argument a name, the reflexive project of the self. Identity does not arrive by inheritance. A man takes himself as a task, monitors his own conduct, revises it against new information and new openings, and so keeps the file open until the last hour. The good life is the chosen life. The self is a draft a man never stops correcting.

This sacred value answers fixity. It opens a second terror in the same motion, and Giddens knew it. When a man stops receiving his life and starts composing it, the floor under him thins. Tradition once supplied a footing without anyone asking for it. The customs were there, the roles were there, the saint’s day came around, and a man stood on ground he had not laid. Strip that away and you get the freedom Giddens prizes and the dread that rides with it. He named the dread, or its absence, ontological security: the basic trust a man needs in the steadiness of ordinary life, the sense that the world will go on tomorrow as it went today, so that he can act at all. When that trust fails, he gets anxiety and a sense of falling.

Here the essay can do something Giddens did not. He built, under the name ontological security, a near twin of Becker’s denial of death, and he did not read it as denial. Becker says a man holds the abyss at arm’s length through a sustaining fiction of significance. Giddens says a man holds the abyss at arm’s length through a sustaining sense that the floor will hold. The two are the same gesture described from two angles. The reflexive self is the most ambitious refusal of fixity ever offered to a wide public, and it leaves the man who practices it standing over open water. Giddens spent the second half of his career trying to say what a man stands on once tradition no longer carries him.

His answer is trust. Not the old trust, which a man received the way he received his name, but an active trust, built and watched and renewed, trust as a thing a man does. He located it in two places. The first is trust in abstract systems: the bank, the airline, the grid, the medical profession, the faceless arrangements a modern man relies on every hour without knowing a single name inside them. The second is trust between persons, and here he coined the term that carries the whole creed. He called it the pure relationship. The old marriage held through economic need, religious duty, and the expectation of kin. The pure relationship holds only as long as both partners find it rewarding. It runs on what he called confluent love, sustained by talk and negotiation, and it lasts exactly as long as it satisfies and no longer. A bond a man keeps because he chooses to keep it, and leaves when it stops paying its way, is for Giddens the highest form a bond can take. Trust, on this account, is sacred because a man builds it freely and can withdraw it freely. The freedom to leave is the proof that the staying is real.

That sentence would clear a room in most of the rooms human beings have ever lived in.

Consider a Benedictine monk under the Rule. He has taken the vow of stability, stabilitas, which binds him to one house for the rest of his life. He does not shop his vocation against its rewards. Trust, for him, is obedience, the surrender of his own monitoring to an abbot and a Rule and a God, and the whole point is that he cannot leave. “We do not leave,” he says, and the flatness of it is the content. A bond that lasts as long as it satisfies is, to the monk, the description of a man who has never trusted anything, because he has never once put himself past the reach of his own second thoughts.

Consider a widow in a Calabrian hill town, in the black she will wear until she dies, the photographs of the dead kept dusted on the wall. Trust runs in blood. She trusts her sons and her sister’s sons and distrusts the state, the bank, the stranger with the clipboard, and the faceless arrangements Giddens leans on. Tell her that a marriage should last as long as both parties find it rewarding and she hears a man describing sin and calling it maturity. The bond was a sacrament and a joining of houses. A man does not audit it. “You marry the family,” she says, and she means that the question of satisfaction never had standing to begin with.

Consider a Pashtun host in the mountains, under the old code. A man crosses his threshold and asks for shelter, and the host is bound to give it, melmastia, and to defend the guest against all comers, nanawatai, even if the guest is his enemy and the defense costs him his sons. Trust here binds a man against his own interest and cannot be withdrawn once the threshold is crossed. The active, provisional, exitable trust Giddens prizes would strike the host as no honor at all, a trust kept only while it pays, which is to say a trust a man never had.

Consider a trader on an open-outcry floor in the years before the screens took over, the colored jacket, the hand signals, the voice gone after twenty years of the pit. His exchange carried the motto for centuries, my word is my bond. Trust, for him, is a man’s name and face and the price the market puts on both. He trusts the man across the pit because he knows him and because a broken word ends a career. He does not trust abstract systems. He trusts persons, priced. Giddens’s faith in the bank and the grid and the faceless arrangement would read to him as the credulity of a man who has never been on the other side of a trade.

Four men, four hero systems, one word held sacred in each, and Giddens’s version of the word legible in none of them. To the monk it is faithlessness, to the widow it is sin, to the host it is dishonor, to the trader it is naivety. The trust a man can leave is sacred only inside the system that made fixity the enemy. It makes sense as an answer to a terror the monk does not feel, because the monk has chosen the cell against that terror and calls the choosing peace.

This is the turn the standard reading misses. Giddens does not present the reflexive self and the pure relationship as the creed of one tribe among many. He presents them in textbooks assigned to more than a million students as the shape of modern life, the condition a man finds himself in once tradition recedes. His ninth-edition Sociology and his American Introduction to Sociology carry the open self to the young of dozens of countries as a description of the water they swim in. The monk, the widow, the host, and the trader live in that same modern world. They ride its airlines and use its banks. They do not recognize themselves in its self. Giddens has taken the local immortality project of one hero system, the system of reflexive modernity, and offered it as the universal map. Every sacred value does this. It cannot see itself as parochial, because to a man inside it the value is reality and the others are residue, the not-yet-modern, the about-to-pass-away. The essay’s wager runs the other way. The monk and the widow and the host and the trader are not residue. They are rival faiths, each with its own answer to death, each as old as Giddens’s and most of them older.

Three things follow.

Watch what happens to the open self when ontological security fails at scale. Giddens worked out his ideas in a long European peace, in a country where the floor held. War, mass displacement, and collapse are the test. When the ground actually gives way, men reach for blood, for the Rule, for the code, for the named word of a man they can see. They reach, that is, for the trust a man cannot leave. The active, provisional trust is a fair-weather faith, and the weather in most of the world and most of history has not been fair. The first honest accounting of Giddens comes from asking whether his self survives a hard winter.

Watch the cost the universal claim carries. To call the open self the modern condition is to file every rival hero system under the heading of lag. It flatters the men inside reflexive modernity and tells everyone else they are late. A man who took seriously the four faiths sketched here would have to give up the textbook’s quiet confidence that history runs one way and that Giddens stands at its leading edge.

And watch the man. The boy from Edmonton refused the fixed life, climbed out, and took the very ground of his origin as a peerage, a self-made name laid over an inherited one. He built, against death, a self that is never finished. He did not seem to notice that a self never finished is a self that can always be left, by the wife who finds the marriage no longer rewarding, by the student who finds the creed no longer convincing, and at the last by the man who is that self, when the file finally closes whether he has finished correcting it or not. He made a trust you can leave. Then he asked the world to keep it.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

Giddens is the ultimate architect of a technocratic misunderstandings myth. His career demonstrates how an elite theorist can take raw, zero-sum coalitional conflicts and rebrand them as conceptual design problems that require his personal, expert mediation.
Before Giddens, sociology was split: macro-theorists argued that massive structures (like capitalism) completely dictate human behavior, while micro-theorists argued that individual human actors retain total freedom. Giddens resolved this with structuration theory, arguing that structure and agency are a duality. Human actions create structures, and those structures in turn shape human actions in a continuous loop. He framed social conflict as a fluid, ongoing negotiation over rules and resources.
Pinsof might say that Giddens’s elegant synthesis is a magnificent masking operation. Human societies do not form structures because they are caught in a fluid, abstract linguistic loop with their environment. They form them because dominant coalitions ruthlessly build legal, economic, and political apparatuses to lock down territory, acquire resources, and exclude their rivals.
By framing these rigid, hard barriers as a “duality of structure” that is constantly being renegotiated by human agents, Giddens turns a raw, Darwinian cage-match into a sociological dance. It implies that if a structure is oppressive or broken, society does not need a violent redistribution of property or a tribal clash — it simply needs a more sophisticated conceptual understanding of how the loop functions.
In the late 1990s, Giddens authored The Third Way: The Renewal of Social Democracy. He argued that the old, binary conflict between the socialist Left (which wanted state control) and the free-market Right (which wanted deregulation) was obsolete. He claimed that globalization and the information economy had changed the rules of the game, and that a modern society needed a “Third Way” that fused market efficiency with social justice. He framed the fierce polarization between labor unions and corporate capital as an outdated, twentieth-century misunderstanding of the new global reality.
Pinsof might say that the Third Way was not a neutral, scientific discovery that transcended political tribalism; it was an aggressive, highly successful turf grab by a new elite faction. It was the ideological launchpad for the New Class—the university-educated, managerial, and technocratic elite.
The old conflict between blue-collar workers and traditional business owners was a zero-sum fight over industrial profits and state protection. Giddens’s blueprint allowed a rising class of cosmopolitan professionals to step in, side-line the traditional labor base, deregulate the financial markets, and declare themselves the only rational managers of the state. By framing his synthesis as a breakthrough in understanding globalization, Giddens hid a brutal coalitional raid under the cover of progressive modernization.
A core concept in Giddens’s later work is reflexivity. He argues that in modern, “runaway” society, we are no longer governed by tradition. Instead, both individuals and institutions must constantly observe, think about, and filter information to adjust their actions in real time to handle global risks. He treats the anxiety and instability of the modern world as a psychological feature of this highly reflective lifestyle.
Pinsof might say that reflexivity is a luxury product and an elite sorting device masquerading as a universal human condition.
For the credentialed class running global institutions, constant data-filtering and strategic pivotability work beautifully because their capital is portable and text-based. For the working class, the destruction of local traditions and the outsourcing of industrial jobs are not an interesting challenge in “reflexive living” — they are an existential threat to their survival.
By framing a devastating material displacement as a fascinating sociological shift toward a “risk society,” Giddens creates a permanent market for the intellectual clerisy. If the modern world is a complicated machine that requires constant, highly technical reflection to navigate, then the public is completely dependent on peerages, think tanks, and institutions like the LSE to chart the path forward. Giddens did not solve the deep, competitive fractures of globalization; he designed the high-status dictionary used to justify the rule of the managers from his secure seat at the absolute apex of the global hierarchy.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

If Mearsheimer is right, his anthropology exposes the structural fragility of Anthony Giddens.
Mearsheimer’s realism slices through Giddens’s sociology across many fronts, transforming his reflexive modern citizen into an illusions-driven tribal animal.
Giddens’s structuration theory relies on the premise that because human beings are knowledgeable and reflexive, they can reshape the rules and resources of their society. He treats institutions as plastic arrangements kept alive by ongoing human consent and re-negotiation.
Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences reveals that this structural flexibility is a temporary illusion born of high security. Human beings do not navigate existential threats by playfully re-negotiating social structures through daily habits. Under conditions of structural anarchy, the primary template of human society is fixed by biology and geography: humans must form bounded, high-cohesion groups to survive.
The core institutions of the state such as the military, border enforcement, and legal systems are not fluid, text-like structures that can be deconstructed or re-negotiated by reflexive agents. They are the unyielding armor required to protect the population from rival coalitions. Giddens treats structure as an ongoing conversation; realism shows it is a permanent physical constraint driven by the imperative of survival.
In Modernity and Self-Identity (1991) and Runaway World (1999), Giddens argues that “high modernity” has detached human life from traditional, localized communities. He claims that modern individuals have escaped the dictates of custom and tradition, forcing them to engage in a continuous, reflexive project of the self—choosing lifestyles, managing risks, and constructing personal identities through independent reason.
Mearsheimer’s anthropology destroys this cosmopolitan optimism. Independent reason and reflexive self-construction arrive late and rank last among human motivations, falling far behind the unreflective survival instincts of the group. The intense value infusion an individual receives during childhood socialization hardwires the mind for tribal loyalty long before he can monitor his own habits.
The fluid, customized identities Giddens chronicles are luxury items available only when a dominant state ensures absolute domestic security and material abundance. The moment that baseline protection fractures, or resource scarcity threatens the community, the “reflexive project of the self” vanishes. The social animal drops his tailored lifestyle choices and returns to the primary, unreflective group loyalties infused during childhood, proving that traditional tribal boundaries are never outgrown.
Giddens became the intellectual architect of the “Third Way,” the political philosophy adopted by Tony Blair and Bill Clinton in the late 1990s. He argued that globalization had rendered traditional left-right dichotomies obsolete, allowing states to transcend zero-sum conflicts. He envisioned a globalized order where states could manage ecological risks, economic dependencies, and human rights through transnational cooperation and global governance institutions.
Mearsheimer’s The Great Delusion reveals that Giddens’s political vision is a dangerous geopolitical fantasy. The global institutional framework Giddens designed is not a post-political triumph of shared risk management; it is the temporary ideological standard of Western liberal empires attempting to optimize their security.
States do not abandon their raw pursuit of relative power to participate in cosmopolitan global governance. When a powerful state acts under the banner of transnational cooperation, it is executing a standard realist strategy to suppress competitors and secure its position. The “Third Way” overestimates the power of rational consensus and ignores the permanent, tribal reality of human nature, making its prescriptions a primary recipe for geopolitical instability rather than a blueprint for a managed world.
In Modernity and Self-Identity, Giddens emphasizes the concept of ontological security — the deep psychological need for a sense of order, continuity, and predictability in one’s social environment. He argues that modern individuals achieve this peace of mind by relying on daily institutional routines and the predictable habits of secular life, which keep existential dread at bay.
Mearsheimer’s ranking of human faculties reveals that these lifestyle routines are a psychological house of cards. Human beings do not achieve real security through civilian habits or personal lifestyle choices. The baseline requirement for any psychological stability is physical survival, which depends entirely on a high-cohesion group protecting its territory from external predators.
Giddens treats ontological security as an achievement of individual psychology and daily habits. Realism shows it is a luxury byproduct of state power. When the material security of the state fractures, the daily routines Giddens profiles vanish instantly. The human animal does not manage existential anxiety by adjusting its lifestyle; it seeks safety by falling back on the primary, unreflective group identities infused during childhood socialization.
Giddens argues that high modernity is defined by an absolute reliance on abstract expert systems—technical networks like financial markets, aviation security, and medical protocols that operate across borders. He claims that modern life requires individuals to invest continuous trust in these faceless systems, which are managed by specialized knowledge rather than raw state power.
Mearsheimer’s realism grounds these abstract systems in hard geopolitical reality. The expert networks Giddens describes do not float autonomously above international politics. They are designed, anchored, and protected by the dominant state vehicle.
An international financial market or a cross-border technical protocol remains stable only as long as a global hegemon possesses the overwhelming material power to guarantee the rules and enforce compliance. When great power competition intensifies, these abstract expert systems are instantly weaponized or dismantled to serve the survival needs of the state. Giddens views expert systems as a triumph of globalized technical reason; Mearsheimer shows they are merely the sophisticated tools used by dominant coalitions to project relative power.
In The Transformation of Intimacy (1992), Giddens tracks what he calls the rise of the “pure relationship” — an ideal modern partnership built entirely on emotional communication, equality, and mutual trust, completely detached from traditional social obligations, economic necessity, or tribal expectations. He positions this as a democratic revolution in personal life, where individuals are free to negotiate their bonds based on personal fulfillment.
Mearsheimer’s anthropology strips this narrative of its romanticism, framing the pure relationship as an elite domestic luxury available only during rare windows of peak security and material abundance.
The human animal did not develop mating patterns and family structures to facilitate detached emotional communication. Throughout history, the family unit has functioned as a primary optimization tool for group survival, designed to manage resource scarcity and secure the long childhood of human offspring. When structural conditions deteriorate or real economic crises threaten the community, Giddens’s pure relationship collapses under the weight of material strain. Individuals abandon the pursuit of unconditioned personal fulfillment and re-mobilize their domestic alignments to protect the material assets and safety of the family tribe, proving that the laws of group competition govern the private home just as ruthlessly as they govern the international arena.

Deep Ecology

Giddens stands against deep ecology.
Deep ecology, after Arne Naess (1912-2009), grounds its values in nature held as intrinsically valuable, a worth that runs independent of any human use. Giddens denies there is such a nature left to ground anything. From Beyond Left and Right (1994) onward he argued that nature has ended as an external force. We live now with a socialized, manufactured nature, soaked in human decision, so the green appeal to a pure nature leans on a thing that no longer exists.
He read the impulse historically. He traced the green movements back to nineteenth-century romanticism, and deep ecology, with its attempt to derive values from pure nature, stands as one strand of that inheritance carried forward. He counts himself outside it. His position is anthropocentric and modernist. The answer to climate change works through the state, through technology, through what the field calls ecological modernization, not through a return to nature or a remaking of consciousness.
The Politics of Climate Change (2009) calls sustainable development close to an oxymoron, more slogan than concept, and pulls the two words apart, keeping “sustaining” for the work of protecting the environment. He stays critical of radical environmental positions and argues for a low-carbon model built on cooperation between nations. He suggests the greens might stand as a hurdle to action on warming. He wants a politics that holds the center and moves governments, and he reads green fundamentalism as a brake on that.
The irony sits in his honors. In 2020 the University of Oslo gave him the Arne Naess Chair and Prize, named for the man who founded deep ecology, to a thinker who spent his career arguing the other way.

The Reconversions of Anthony Giddens

In December 1995 Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) climbed onto a platform at the Gare de Lyon in Paris and spoke to a hall of striking rail workers. He came in the name of the intellectuals who backed the strike, alongside the unions and the associations he had marched with before. The country had shut down against a government plan to cut pensions and pare back the public service. He had spent the decade turning his science toward the defense of the social state against the market. In those years he worked to protect the gains of the century, pensions, job security, open access to the university, against budget cuts pressed in the name of free markets and competition, and he became one of the most visible critics of neoliberal globalization. He stood with the workers because he read their fight as a stand of the autonomous against the heteronomous, the public good against the price system.

Across the Channel a man of nearly the same generation walked the other way. Anthony Giddens spent the late 1990s carrying his ideas into the rooms where power sat. Within a few years his account of a Third Way would supply the language of a British government, and he would take a seat in the House of Lords. Two sociologists, born eight years apart, raised in the lower reaches of the class order, climbed to the summit of their national fields and then turned toward opposite poles. One turned his capital against power. The other turned his into power. Bourdieu built the tools to read that divergence. Giddens makes the better specimen of the two.

Start where Bourdieu starts, with the body and the slope of the climb. Giddens grew up in Edmonton, North London, the son of a man who worked for the London Transport Board, and he reached university before anyone in the family had done so. He read his degree at Hull, a provincial school low in the field’s hierarchy, took a master’s at the London School of Economics, a consecrated center, and arrived at last at King’s College, Cambridge, and the chair in sociology in 1987. Each move climbed the ladder of institutions. Bourdieu calls the variable trajectory. Position names where a man stands. Trajectory names how he got there and how steep the slope. He knew it from inside. The boy from Denguin in the Béarn, son of a postal worker, who went by scholarship to the École Normale and ended in a chair at the Collège de France, gave the divided dispositions of the class migrant a name, the cleft habitus. The man who climbs carries two sets of reflexes and is at home in neither. Giddens carried the same cleft. He credited his origins with a lasting attention to mobility and class, and that attention is the trace of it. The upwardly mobile man theorizes mobility.

Then watch the capital accumulate and change form. Capitalism and Modern Social Theory (1971) arranged Karl Marx (1818-1883), Max Weber (1864-1920), and Émile Durkheim (1858-1917) into a single tradition, and the man who arranges the founders controls the door they guard. Structuration theory and The Constitution of Society (1984) made the bid for the highest prize at the autonomous pole, the general theory with a name attached to it. Peer recognition. Consecration. Giddens had built a large stock of academic capital, the kind a field grants for theory that other theorists must answer.

That academic capital converted into institutional capital. The Cambridge chair, the Life Fellowship at King’s, and the directorship of the LSE from 1997 to 2003: the head of a field-defining school turns theoretical authority into command over posts, budgets, and the shape of a discipline. The directorship is a conversion as much as a job.

Institutional capital converted into economic capital. In 1985 Giddens founded Polity Press, and his textbooks sold past a million copies. The textbook shows the conversion at its barest. The accumulated authority of the discipline’s gatekeeper, printed on the door every first-year student walks through, sold by the hundred thousand, returning money and reproducing his name in each new cohort. Bourdieu would read the textbook as an instrument of consecration turned to private account, the field’s entry rite sold back to those who must pass it.

Social capital ran through the same house. Polity carried Jürgen Habermas (b. 1929), Michel Foucault (1926-1984), and Bourdieu himself into English. Giddens made his press the conduit of European theory into the Anglophone field and stood at its gate as the broker. He published the men who outranked him at the autonomous pole, their prestige raised his house, and his house raised his standing.

Last came the conversion into political capital, and here the two trajectories split. The Third Way: The Renewal of Social Democracy (1998), the seminars around Tony Blair (b. 1953), the radical center, and the seat as Baron Giddens of Southgate in 2004. In Bourdieu’s map this is travel from the autonomous pole, where a man answers to his peers, toward the heteronomous pole, where he answers to the state, the party, the press, and the market. Bourdieu spent his last dozen years attacking that pole. Giddens spent his walking into it and accepting its honors.

The two men even shared a word and meant opposite things by it. Reflexivity, for Giddens, is the lay actor’s self-monitoring, the reflexive project of the self, the modern man composing his own biography against new information. Reflexivity, for Bourdieu, is the sociologist turning the science back on his own position, objectivating the subject who does the objectivating. In 1984, the year of The Constitution of Society, Bourdieu published Homo Academicus and turned the instrument on his own university and his own standing in it. Giddens gave the world a theory of how knowledgeable actors watch themselves and never turned it on his own climb from Edmonton to the Lords. He theorized reflexivity and declined to be reflexive about his place in social space. The frame supplies the self-analysis he did not write.

The closing irony runs through his own catalogue. Bourdieu read Third Way politics as the surrender of justice to the market, the center-left making peace with the order it once opposed, a reading many critics shared when they called the program a center-left capitulation to neoliberal globalization. In 1998 Bourdieu published Acts of Resistance, a short, hard attack on the tyranny of the market and the men who sold it as common sense. The book stands as his most political work, a defense of the public interest against the dismantling of welfare in the name of private enterprise and global competition. The English edition came from Polity Press. The same year, from the same house, Giddens published The Third Way. Giddens’s press carried, in English, the broadside against the order his own politics had made peace with, and it took the revenue from both. The conversion ran even on its own critique. Bourdieu’s resistance became Polity’s stock and a line on Giddens’s list. A man can attack the market from inside the catalogue of the man who came to terms with it, and the catalogue will sell the attack and bank the difference. That is the last thing the frame shows. The science of capital conversion is, in the Anglophone market, one more asset to convert.

Posted in Sociology | Comments Off on Reflexive Modernity: The Sociology of Anthony Giddens

Saskia Sassen and the Architecture of the Global City

Saskia Sassen (born January 5, 1947) is a Dutch-American sociologist whose work reshaped the study of globalization, cities, migration, and sovereignty. She is best known for the concept of the global city, the claim that globalization concentrates strategic economic and political functions in a small number of metropolitan centers. Her scholarship moves across sociology, economics, political science, geography, and urban studies, and it has made her a highly cited social theorist of the global era.

She was born in The Hague. Her childhood crossed borders early. In 1948 her family moved to Argentina, where she spent much of her youth before later periods in Italy, France, and the United States. She has said she grew up in five languages, and that upbringing shaped how she reads migration, borders, and identity. She came to treat national boundaries as historical institutions, made and remade by economic and political forces.

Her family carried a difficult history. Her father, Willem Sassen (1918-2002), was a Dutch journalist, a former member of the Waffen-SS, and a Nazi collaborator who fled to Argentina after the Second World War. In Buenos Aires he moved among expatriate Nazis and recorded long interviews with Adolf Eichmann (1906-1962) in 1957. Those recordings later served as evidence at Eichmann’s 1961 trial in Jerusalem. Saskia Sassen built her scholarship on its own terms, apart from her father’s politics, yet growing up near that legacy put her early in front of questions about state power, political violence, exile, and historical responsibility. Those questions stayed near the center of her later work.

She studied philosophy and political science at the Université de Poitiers in France, at the University of Rome La Sapienza in Italy, and for a time at the University of Buenos Aires. She earned a master’s degree in philosophy at Poitiers, then moved to the United States for graduate study at the University of Notre Dame. There she completed an M.A. and a Ph.D. in sociology and economics, receiving the doctorate in 1974. Her dissertation examined the political economy of non-dominant ethnic groups in the United States, with attention to Black and Chicano communities. The breadth of that training, across sociology, economics, philosophy, and political theory, runs through everything she wrote afterward.

After appointments at several universities, she joined the University of Chicago, where she held the Ralph Lewis Professorship of Sociology. She then moved to Columbia University as the Robert S. Lynd Professor of Sociology and later became Professor Emerita. At Columbia she co-chaired the Committee on Global Thought. She also kept a long association with the London School of Economics as Centennial Visiting Professor of Political Economy, and she held visiting posts across Europe, Asia, Latin America, and North America. The map of her appointments matches the global reach of her subject.

She first married Daniel Koob, with whom she had a son, the artist Hilary Koob-Sassen. Since 1987 she has been married to the sociologist and urban theorist Richard Sennett (born 1943). Each built an independent reputation, and both wrote about cities, labor, inequality, and the social costs of modern capitalism.

Her first major book, The Mobility of Labor and Capital (1988), challenged the standard account of migration. She showed that foreign investment and labor migration tie together. Migration, in her reading, does not simply follow from poverty or population growth. Multinational investment, export industries, and economic restructuring often create the migration flows that wealthier countries later try to restrict. The countries that draw migrants help produce them.

Her international standing rested on The Global City: New York, London, Tokyo (1991), a founding text of modern urban sociology. Many scholars at the time predicted that telecommunications and globalization would lower the importance of cities. Sassen argued the reverse. Globalization depends on a small set of command centers where advanced producer services gather, among them finance, law, accounting, consulting, advertising, and corporate management. Manufacturing spread across the globe while strategic decision-making concentrated inside these cities. A revised second edition appeared in 2001 and sharpened the argument against the speed of later globalization.

Her theory grew out of John Friedmann’s (1926-2017) world city hypothesis that treated cities as nodes within the world economy. Sassen turned attention to what made certain cities indispensable, the dense gathering of financial, legal, technological, and managerial services that coordinate global capitalism. She moved the study of urban globalization from a descriptive map of important cities toward an analysis of the economic functions that hold global markets together.

The global city changed urban studies. Sassen argued that multinational corporations need thick networks of specialized expertise, and that this expertise still depends on face-to-face contact even with digital communication everywhere. Information technologies do not erase geography. They often raise the value of particular places where regulators, financial markets, technical skill, and professional services cluster.

Inequality sits at the heart of the theory. Global cities produce extreme concentrations of wealth and, at the same time, large sectors of low-paid service work that support the elite professionals. Finance executives, lawyers, and consultants stand in the same economy as cleaners, childcare workers, restaurant staff, delivery drivers, construction laborers, and immigrants, inside sharply divided labor markets. Urban inequality, on her account, is a structural feature of globalization.

She also argued that global cities build stronger ties to one another than to much of their own national territory. Financial firms in New York may deal more directly with firms in London, Singapore, or Hong Kong than with businesses in smaller American cities. These transnational urban networks reorganize economic geography in part, and they do so without dissolving the nation-state.

Her later work carried these themes into the question of sovereignty and political authority. In Losing Control? Sovereignty in an Age of Globalization (1996), she pushed back on the claim that globalization simply weakens nation-states. States reorganize their authority instead. They hand some powers to international institutions, to markets, and to regional governments, and they remain central political actors throughout.

In Guests and Aliens (1999), she examined citizenship, migration, and belonging under rising global mobility. She drew out the contradiction between open markets for capital and tightening controls on the movement of people. Money crosses borders that close to migrants.

Her most ambitious book, Territory, Authority, Rights: From Medieval to Global Assemblages (2006), traced the history of sovereignty across several centuries. She rejected the story of state decline. Globalization, she argued, produces new assemblages that combine national and global institutions in complex arrangements. Territory, political authority, and legal rights do not vanish. They get reorganized through overlapping systems of governance.

Close to this argument lies her concept of denationalization. Modern states do not lose power so much as construct global markets through their own legal systems, financial regulations, immigration policies, and property laws. National governments stay the architects of globalization even as they appear to give authority away.

Her recent work turns toward exclusion and dispossession. In Expulsions: Brutality and Complexity in the Global Economy (2014), Sassen argued that contemporary capitalism pushes populations out of economic life through financial foreclosure, environmental ruin, displacement, refugee crises, and long unemployment. Advanced capitalism, on her reading, removes whole populations from stable economic systems.

In later essays and lectures she developed the related idea of predatory formations, complex arrangements that join finance, technology, law, and political authority and ease systematic dispossession. She has gone on writing about embedded borderings, digitization, urban governance, and the lasting importance of strategic places in a digital economy. The internet did not dissolve geography, she argues. Digital infrastructure stays anchored in particular legal jurisdictions, metropolitan centers, and institutional networks.

Her method draws on historical sociology, political economy, legal analysis, economics, geography, and urban studies at once. She rejects methodological nationalism, the habit of treating the nation-state as the natural unit of analysis, because many contemporary social processes run through transnational networks that no single nation can contain. She joins large structural transformations to close studies of cities, institutions, migration, and everyday life.

Her influence reaches across sociology, geography, urban planning, migration studies, international relations, legal studies, economics, and political science. The global city, denationalization, strategic geography, and global assemblages have become standard tools across these fields. Urban planners, policymakers, and international bodies draw on her analyses of metropolitan growth, migration, and global governance.

She has collected wide international recognition. Among the most prominent is the Prince of Asturias Award for Social Sciences in 2013. She holds roughly a dozen honorary doctorates from universities across Europe and Latin America, among them Delft University of Technology, the École Normale Supérieure, the University of Murcia, the University of Valencia, the University of Guadalajara, Ghent University, and the University of Warwick. She is a Foreign Member of the Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences and an Honorary Geographer of the Association of American Geographers, and she has received career awards from several scholarly organizations. Her books have appeared in more than twenty languages.

Her work has drawn substantial debate. Some critics hold that the global city framework overstates elite financial centers and understates manufacturing regions, secondary cities, and decentralized digital economies. Others argue that her stress on transnational processes underrates the lasting power of national political institutions. Her writing on expulsions has won praise for naming new forms of exclusion and has also drawn the charge that it stretches a single account of capitalism too far.

Through these debates her mark on social theory holds. She showed that globalization does not float above territory as an abstract force. It runs through concrete institutions, legal systems, migration networks, financial markets, and urban space. By showing how global capitalism gathers wealth, power, and inequality inside particular cities while it reorganizes sovereignty, she changed how scholars read the tie between globalization, territory, state authority, and modern urban life. Her work stays central to any serious account of the political, economic, and spatial order of the present world.

Place as a Sacred Value: A Hero-System Reading of Saskia Sassen

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued that a culture hands each person a way to feel that he matters beyond his own death. He called the arrangement a hero system. The system supplies a code, and a man who lives by the code earns the sense that his life counts against oblivion. Sacred values are the load-bearing terms of such a code. A hero system can stand or fall on a single word. And the same word can anchor several hero systems at once, so that men who use it to mean opposite things never notice they are speaking past each other. Each is solving the same terror by a different route.
For Saskia Sassen the word is place.
Picture the rooms where her vocation took shape. The early 1990s. A hotel ballroom with patterned carpet chosen to hide stains, a long table of urban planners and economists, a speaker at the lectern with a clip-on microphone and a thesis. The thesis has a name that travels well. The death of distance. The end of geography. The titles arrive as books, Richard O’Brien’s Global Financial Integration: The End of Geography and later Frances Cairncross’s The Death of Distance, and they carry a promise dressed as a forecast. Fiber optic cable will dissolve the city. Capital will flow to anywhere, which is to say nowhere. The man at the lectern says it with a half smile, because he is delivering good news to a room of people whose subject he has come to bury.
“In twenty years,” he says, “it will not matter where you sit.”
The planners feel the floor tilt. If he is right, their object is melting under them, and so are they. A man who studies cities for a living has staked his significance on the city continuing to hold something the world cannot get elsewhere.
Sassen had already answered him. The Global City: New York, London, Tokyo (1991) came out before the prophecy crested, and it said the reverse of what the prophets said. The more the world digitizes, the more its strategic work concentrates. Finance, law, accounting, advertising, corporate command, all of it gathers in a handful of cities, because the work that runs global capitalism still needs the dense face-to-face cluster of specialists, the regulators down the street, the courts in the same time zone, the deal closed in a room. The cable does not abolish the city. The cable raises the value of the few places that host the people who run the cable.
Here is the heroic act, in Becker’s sense. Sassen stands against the dissolving acid of abstraction and insists that the located thing survives. She makes herself matter by proving that the world reassembles around particular ground, that you cannot finally flee into placelessness. To name the global city is to inscribe a term that others must speak through. The concept becomes her standing in the only afterlife the academy offers, the citation that outlives the body. Place is her sacred value because place is her route past insignificance. Defend place and she stands. Concede placelessness and the discipline, and the woman who founded a corner of it, go under with the city.
Now hold the word still and turn it, and watch it change shape for men who hold it as sacred for reasons of their own.
Begin with the trader. He works a desk in a glass tower at three in the morning because the desk follows the sun, and the screens in front of him show six markets and a clock that counts in milliseconds. For him place is latency. Place is the distance the signal travels between his server and the exchange, and his firm has paid to shorten it, leasing rack space close to the matching engine so his order arrives ahead of a slower man’s by a margin no human can feel. His heroism is the abolition of place. He earns his significance by riding flows that touch no soil, by making the trade happen in the same nowhere whether his body sits in Chicago or Frankfurt. Tell him the global city concentrates power and he will agree without hearing you, because to him the city is a tax he pays in rent and commute, friction he would erase if the regulators let him. He defeats oblivion by becoming frictionless. Place, to the trader, is the enemy of speed, and speed is the form his immortality takes.
Cross the water to the man in the inflatable boat. For him place is the line. One side of the line is the sea and drowning. The other side is a beach, a fence, a processing center, a chance to become a person who lives somewhere. He has sold a house and bribed a guide and memorized a phone number, and the whole of his future hangs on whether his foot lands on the right sand. To this man place is the most sacred and the most murderous fact in the world, and the border is the altar. Read him Sassen’s true and careful sentence, that borders are historical institutions made and remade by economic and political forces, and from the policy seminar it lands as liberation and from the boat it lands as a joke told by people who have never been cold in salt water. Same word. The seminar means borders are contingent and so reformable. The boat means borders are contingent and so arbitrary, which is worse, because an arbitrary line is killing him for no reason he can name. His hero system is arrival. He earns his significance by crossing, by surviving the place that was built to stop him, by standing one day on ground where his children will not remember the boat.
Walk inland and up a hill to the monastery. A Benedictine takes a vow the world has nearly forgotten, the vow of stability, stabilitas loci, the promise to remain in one house until he dies. He will not leave. He has renounced the road. For him place is obedience, and obedience is the road to God, and the ground under the chapel is the ground on which he will be buried in the habit he was clothed in. His heroism is to stay. He is the trader’s exact inversion, and they would not understand each other for five minutes. The trader earns his life by going everywhere and touching nothing. The monk earns his by going nowhere and rooting into one acre until the acre and the man are the same thing. Sassen’s global city would interest the monk only as a description of the world he walked out of, the world of motion he traded for a cell with a window and a bell that orders his hours.
Come back down into the city and into the office of the man who builds it. The developer keeps a stack of comps on his desk and a model on his screen, and place to him is a number with several names. Floor area ratio. Price per buildable square foot. The spread between what the dirt costs today and what the tower yields in lease revenue across thirty years. He assembles parcels the way a general takes ground, and when he closes the last holdout he stands at the window and looks at a hole that will become a building taller than the man who sold him the lot ever imagined. His hero system is the skyline. He earns his significance in steel and glass that will stand after him with no plaque bearing his name, which suits him, because he knows the city remembers the building and forgets the builder, and the building is enough. To the developer, Sassen’s thesis is a tool. It tells him why his particular dirt prices the way it does, why the cluster pays a premium to sit near the other clusters, why the cable did not flatten his land values but raised them. He has never read her. He has lived her conclusion as a profit.
Now the hardest scene, and the one that gives the essay its floor.
Buenos Aires, the late 1950s. A house with the shutters half closed against the afternoon. A reel-to-reel recorder turns on a table, and two men sit near it with cigarettes and a bottle, and one of them talks for hours about how the trains ran and who signed what. The man with the recorder is Willem Sassen, journalist, former Waffen-SS, and he has chosen this city for what the city lets him keep. Argentina does not extradite. The ocean is wide. The place concentrates impunity the way the global city concentrates capital, and a man who needs to disappear has found the dense cluster of others who need the same thing, the expatriate network that performs for fugitives the service the financial district performs for firms. Place, to the fugitive, is the country that will not give you up. His hero system is the saved skin and the unrepented past, and the tapes are his bid to be right in history even after he has lost it.
The daughter grows up near that recorder. Five languages, four countries, no ground that is simply home. She does not build her work out of the father’s politics, and the careful reader will not pretend she does. But the shape of a hero system is not the same as its cause, and the shape here is hard to miss. The father fled into a place to escape what he had done. The daughter spent a career proving that place cannot be fled, that the world has no nowhere to escape into, that location holds power and so holds accountability, that the flows the trader loves still touch down somewhere on someone’s law and someone’s land. He chose a city for its capacity to hide a man. She mapped the city as the thing that cannot be dissolved. The Eichmann tapes are the dark twin of the global city. Both are arguments that a particular place concentrates something the rest of the world disperses. In the house it was impunity. In her books it is command. The same insight, turned toward the light.
Her sacred value is a defense against the two terrors at once, the terror that the self does not count and the terror that nothing holds. If place dissolves, she dissolves with her subject, and so does the hope that a man cannot run far enough to outrun the ground. So she stakes her life on the proposition that the located survives, and she is right enough about the world that her term entered every field that touches the city.
The competing systems do not refute her. They cannot, because they are not making her argument. They are using her word to climb their own way out of the dark. The trader holds place sacred as the enemy of the frictionless flow that saves him. The man in the boat holds it sacred as the line between drowning and living. The monk holds it sacred as the vow that roots him into God. The developer holds it sacred as the yield that lets him write his name in a skyline that forgets him. The fugitive held it sacred as the refuge that let an old man go on being right in his own account. And Sassen holds it sacred as the proof that the world reassembles around particular ground, which is the proof that she, who mapped the ground, will be cited as long as the ground holds.
A reader who has followed her debates can place the closing coordinates without a signpost. Watch what each man calls freedom, because the trader’s freedom and the refugee’s freedom both run through place and point opposite ways. Watch who gains when placelessness wins the argument, since the men who profit from a world with no fixed ground are seldom the men standing on the cold sand. And watch the daughter at the table near the recorder, learning before she had the words for it that a place can hold a man the world wants to lose, and deciding, somewhere down the years, to spend a life proving the world has no such hiding place left.

Ten Convenient Beliefs: Saskia Sassen and the Uses of the Global City

Sociologist Stephen Turner asks a question that sounds cynical and is merely exact. When a group holds a belief, what work does the belief do for the group that holds it? Not whether the belief is true. Whether it pays. A convenient belief is one a community has reason to hold apart from the evidence for it, because holding it serves the community’s standing, its budget, its sense of its own importance. The belief may be true as well. Turner’s point is that truth is not what keeps it in circulation. Convenience does. And the test of a convenient belief is to ask who would have to give up something if the belief turned out false.
Run that test on the global city and its author.
One. The belief that the city survives globalization. This is the founding convenience, and it served a discipline in fear. By 1991 the prophets of the death of distance had told urban scholars that fiber optic cable would dissolve their object. Richard O’Brien titled a book Global Financial Integration: The End of Geography (1992). If the prophets were right, the people who studied cities for a living were studying a corpse. Sassen’s thesis in The Global City: New York, London, Tokyo (1991) arrived as a reprieve. The city does not dissolve. It concentrates. The work that runs global capitalism still needs the dense cluster of specialists, and so the city holds. The thesis may be true. It was also the one thing urban sociology most needed to hear, because it returned the field’s object from the dead and the field’s scholars to relevance. Ask who loses if it is false. The whole discipline that adopted it.
Two. The belief that the things a discipline can study are the things that matter. Sassen located strategic power in the advanced producer services, finance, law, accounting, consulting, corporate command, the activities that gather in a handful of cities and submit to mapping. This is convenient for a sociologist because it places the levers of the world economy precisely where the sociologist’s tools reach, in observable clusters of firms and workers in nameable districts. The diffuse, the rural, the dispersed supply chain, the small manufacturing town, these resist the method and recede in the account. A belief that the strategic is the mappable serves the mapper. It tells him that his instrument points at the center of things rather than at the part of things his instrument happens to catch.
Three. The belief that the interdisciplinary scholar sees what the specialists miss. Sassen trained in sociology and economics together and built her work in the space between fields. The belief that this position grants superior vision, that standing between disciplines lets a scholar see the whole the specialists carve up, is the founding convenience of the interdisciplinary career. It converts a liability, belonging to no single field that will defend you, into an asset, the claim to a wider sight. Whether the between-position yields more truth or only a different blindness is exactly the question the believer cannot afford to press, because the answer underwrites the career.
Four. The belief that elite professionals and immigrant laborers form one system. Sassen insists that the finance executive and the cleaner who empties his bin belong to a single polarized labor market, that the global city produces both at once. The belief is morally serious and may be true. It is also convenient for a scholarly milieu that wants its account of inequality to indict the structure rather than the individual, and that wants the low-paid worker present in the analysis as evidence rather than as a subject with politics of his own. The worker enters the global-city account as a structural necessity. He does not enter it as a man who might hold views the milieu finds inconvenient. The framing serves the framer’s politics by giving him a poor he can defend without having to ask the poor what they think.
Five. The belief that borders are historical institutions rather than natural facts. Sassen treats the border as made and remade by economic and political force, which it is. But notice the convenience for the class that holds the belief. The professor who crosses borders on a passport that opens them, who holds appointments across Europe, Asia, and the Americas, experiences the border as a formality and finds it easy to believe in its contingency. The man for whom the border is a fence and a drowning does not have the luxury of the belief, because the institution that is contingent in theory is fatal in practice. A belief in the contingency of borders is most available to those the borders do not threaten. It costs the cosmopolitan nothing and flatters his sense that the world is converging on his condition.
Six. The belief that the nation-state is one institution among many. Methodological nationalism is the error Sassen names and refuses, the habit of treating the nation as the natural unit of social life. The refusal is intellectually defensible. It is also the precise belief that a transnational scholarly class, holding posts in many countries and loyalties to none in particular, finds it comfortable to hold. The belief dissolves the claim the nation makes on the scholar at the same time it dissolves the nation as a unit of analysis. A man who has made the world his field has reason to believe the world, rather than the nation, is the real container of things. The belief and the career validate each other.
Seven. The belief that the state constructs globalization rather than surrendering to it. In Losing Control? Sovereignty in an Age of Globalization (1996) Sassen argues that states do not lose power so much as reorganize it, building global markets through their own laws. This is the more sophisticated position, and its sophistication is part of its convenience. It rescues the scholar from the crude declinist story that the marketplace already knows, and it keeps the state in the analysis as an active agent, which keeps the political scientist and the legal scholar employed in the project. A belief that the apparent loss of sovereignty is really its reorganization preserves complexity, and complexity is the coin the expert is paid in. The simpler the truth, the less the expert is needed to explain it.
Eight. The belief that the same insight scales from the city to the centuries. Territory, Authority, Rights: From Medieval to Global Assemblages (2006) carries the global-city logic across a thousand years of sovereignty. The belief that a framework built for the contemporary metropolis illuminates the medieval and the global alike is convenient because scope is prestige. A thinker grows in stature as her concept grows in reach, and the incentive runs always toward the larger claim, the framework that explains more, the assemblage that absorbs the case. Whether the concept earns the scope or merely asserts it is the question the expanding reputation makes it hard to ask.
Nine. The belief that capitalism expels rather than exploits. In Expulsions: Brutality and Complexity in the Global Economy (2014) Sassen argues that the present economy throws populations out of economic life entirely, through foreclosure, displacement, ruin. The shift from a vocabulary of inequality to a vocabulary of expulsion is convenient at the moment it arrives, because the older language of exploitation had grown familiar and the newer language of brutality and complexity restores urgency and restores the theorist’s claim to have seen the new thing first. A field rewards the scholar who renames the crisis, and expulsion renames it. The renaming may track a real change. It also refreshes the franchise.
Ten. The belief that the located thing cannot finally be fled. Beneath the nine runs one more, the deepest and the most personal, and Turner’s method permits naming it without psychologizing it. Sassen built a career on the proposition that place holds, that the world has no nowhere to escape into, that power and accountability touch down on particular ground. The belief is true to her evidence. It is also the belief a daughter of Willem Sassen (1918-2002) might find it serviceable to hold, the man who fled into a distant city to keep what he had done at a safe remove, who recorded Adolf Eichmann (1906-1962) in Buenos Aires in the conviction that the ocean was wide enough. A scholarship insisting that the world has no such hiding place left does work that exceeds the scholarly. Turner would not call this the cause of the theory. He would call it a reason the theory was convenient to its author beyond any reason the data supplied.
A limit. Turner’s frame does not catch her in error. It catches the field in motive.
When the next thinker arrives with a concept the discipline needs to be true, the concept that returns the field’s object from the dead or renames its crisis or extends its reach across a thousand years, the convenience will be invisible from inside, felt only as the click of a good idea fitting the moment. Watch for the click. It is loudest where the belief pays best, and the belief that pays best is the one nobody in the field has any reason to test.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, Sassen’s sweeping macro-sociology is a sophisticated deployment of the misunderstandings myth. Her frameworks translate brutal, zero-sum coalitional warfare into systemic glitches and structural complexities, positioning the elite sociologist as the necessary systemic diagnostic engineer.

In The Global City, Sassen argued that globalization did not scatter power evenly across the globe. Instead, it concentrated command-and-control functions in a few hyper-connected metropolitan nodes—like New York, London, and Tokyo. She argued that these cities became specialized platforms for advanced producer services, such as global finance, law, and consulting. She framed this as an inevitable structural transformation of the post-industrial economy.

From Pinsof’s perspective, the “global city” is not an abstract, natural evolution of economic geography. It is the fortress of a highly successful, transnational elite coalition. The concentration of finance, corporate law, and management consultants in these nodes is an operation to consolidate a monopoly over the global flow of capital and state policy.

By framing these elite corporate clusters as structural requirements of a complex global network, Sassen’s theory serves a protective function. It makes the supreme status and immense wealth concentrated in Manhattan or London look like an objective, systemic reality rather than the spoils of a winning coalitional faction.

Sassen’s work famously details the extreme polarization within global cities, showing how a high-income class of transnational professionals relies on a vast, low-wage underclass of immigrant janitors, couriers, and service workers. She treats this “dual city” phenomenon as a structural irony—an economic dynamic where the high-tech financial sector directly creates an operational requirement for casualized, low-wage labor.

Pinsof’s logic shows that this polarization is not a structural glitch or a conceptual oversight of the global economy. It is a raw, Darwinian arrangement. The cosmopolitan professional class uses its institutional leverage to suppress the wages and political power of the immigrant underclass, maximizing their own resource extraction and leisure.

By defining this relationship as a structural logic of digital and corporate formations, Sassen pathologizes a basic human hierarchy. It implies that the exploitation is a complex byproduct of systemic configurations rather than a rational, self-serving strategy executed by the credentialed class. It turns a visceral struggle for rent, labor rights, and territory into a design flaw that requires sociological analysis to parse.

In Expulsions, Sassen tracked the brutal ways the modern economy ejects populations through predatory finance, corporate land grabs, and environmental destruction. She argued that these actions are no longer captured by standard categories like “inequality.” Instead, they represent complex, subterranean systems that scale up to produce massive, systemic expulsions. She framed these trends as a catastrophic blind spot in our global regulatory and legal blueprints.

Under Pinsof’s frame, this thesis provides immense moral capital for the intellectual class. If the horrors of the global economy are caused by blind spots, complex dynamics, and outdated legal frameworks, then society desperately needs elite university professors and think tanks to re-map the operational spaces.

Sassen takes the terrifying reality of human group aggression—where stronger coalitions displace weaker populations to secure resources and territory—and repackages it as a problem of systemic complexity. This protects the academic monopoly on governance. Sassen did not write Expulsions to dismantle human competitive nature; she constructed an intricate, text-based lens to examine the devastation of the global hole, ensuring that the Columbia professor remains firmly seated at the top of the institutional hierarchy, collecting accolades and honorary degrees for diagnosing the carnage.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

If Mearsheimer is right, his anthropology deconstructs the entire theoretical body of Saskia Sassen.

Sassen positions the global city as an autonomous economic powerhouse that transcends the authority of its home country. She argues that the financial and digital transactions taking place between London, New York, and Tokyo make these cities more accountable to each other than to their national hinterlands, effectively hollowing out the nation-state from within.

If Mearsheimer is right, Sassen mistakes a highly concentrated financial asset for a sovereign entity. A global city cannot defend itself, police its streets, or secure its supply lines under conditions of structural anarchy. New York and London do not exist as autonomous, self-governing nodes floating above international politics; they are dense clusters of wealth completely enclosed by, and dependent on, the material power of the dominant state vehicle. The transnational corporate infrastructure Sassen profiles is an artificial byproduct of a unipolar or stable multipolar system. The moment a great power conflict emerges or domestic stability fractures, the state can instantly nationalize assets, close borders, and shut down digital networks, proving that the global city is always a subordinate property of the territorial state.

In Territory, Authority, Rights, Sassen traces how global financial actors have spliced together elements of different legal systems to create transnational corporate rights that bypass domestic democratic oversight. She views this as a profound structural shift where global governance frameworks outgrow the traditional authority of the national government.

Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences places independent corporate reasoning and cross-border legal texts last among human motivations, far behind the unreflective survival instincts of the group. The global legal assemblages Sassen documents are not self-sustaining systems. They are tactical instruments designed and maintained by elite domestic coalitions within dominant empires to project economic power and manage their reputations.

States do not bow to global financial laws; they enforce them only as long as those laws optimize the state’s relative power and material wealth. When an existential threat arises or a resource crisis strikes, these complex, denationalized legal arrangements are cast aside in seconds, revealing that the unyielding logic of state survival overrides any corporate text.

Sassen’s model relies heavily on the existence of a highly mobile, cosmopolitan class of corporate executives, tech elites, and specialized professionals who live in global cities and operate with a post-national consciousness. She views this group as the vanguard of a new, global social formation that has detached itself from traditional tribal loyalties.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology reveals that this transnational identity is a fragile luxury product of a high-security environment. The ability to view oneself as a cosmopolitan citizen of a borderless world depends entirely on a dominant state securing the perimeter, maintaining material abundance, and suppressing local competition. The human animal is hardwired during childhood socialization with deep, unreflective group identities.

The moment the material security of the global city fractures, whether through geopolitical rivalry, economic collapse, or resource scarcity, this thin veneer of post-nationalism vanishes. The corporate elite instantly drops its cosmopolitan rhetoric and returns to the protective defense setups of their primary national survival vehicles, proving that human nature does not change, even in the penthouse of a global city.

In Expulsions: Brutality and Complexity in the Global Economy (2014), Sassen argues that late-stage capitalism is defined by systemic forces that expel people, enterprises, and entire biomes from the traditional social and economic order. She treats these expulsions—whether via mass displacements, predatory financial corporate statecraft, or land grabs—as complex, systemic operations that transcend the deliberate intent of individual national governments.

Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences grounds these complex expulsions in the raw logic of tribal survival and relative power optimization. Human societies do not displace populations because they are caught in an abstract, self-governing economic machine. Under conditions of structural scarcity and resource competition, a dominant domestic coalition must continuously secure its material position to survive.

What Sassen diagnoses as an abstract economic process of expulsion is the standard behavior of an elite tribe optimizing its internal environment. When resources contract, the ruling alliance ruthlessly sacrifices marginal sub-coalitions, shedding liabilities to protect the core survival vehicle. Sassen treats expulsion as a complex systemic condition; realism shows it is a classic, material struggle over scarce assets where the strong dictate terms to the weak.

Sassen writes extensively about the architecture of global digital networks, arguing that the massive infrastructure of fiber-optic cables, data centers, and satellite links has created an autonomous, cross-border space. She claims that this digital terrain allows financial capital and information to bypass the physical constraints of geography, making territorial borders increasingly irrelevant to the exercise of global power.

Mearsheimer’s structural realism counters that these digital topographies are entirely dependent on physical geography and military dominance. The internet is not a borderless ether; it is made of physical cables running through specific oceanic choke points and data centers built on concrete state territory.

The fluid, transnational digital space Sassen profiles exists only because a dominant state vehicle projects the naval and military power required to secure the physical perimeter of these global trade and communication routes. The moment great power competition intensifies, the illusion of digital autonomy evaporates. Sovereign states instantly weaponize, splice, or sever these digital lines to protect their internal security, proving that physical geography and material armor always command the network.

Sassen analyzes the modern transformation of borders, claiming that immigration control has migrated away from physical walls into decentralized, electronic surveillance systems, corporate airline screenings, and global data-sharing agreements. She argues that the border is no longer a fixed line on a map, but a fluid, denationalized practice that shifts across geographic spaces.

Mearsheimer’s anthropology reveals that this administrative framework is a secondary luxury, not a permanent transformation of state authority. The human animal is a bounded creature that relies on clear, exclusionary lines to separate the in-group from the out-group and ensure collective defense.

While a highly secure, wealthy state may use sophisticated electronic networks to manage its borders during times of relative stability, these systems are not autonomous. They are tools used by the domestic tribe to enforce internal conformity and manage its population. The moment an existential migration crisis or a physical security threat emerges on the perimeter, the state drops its complex, denationalized administrative agreements. It returns instantly to the primary, unyielding reality of physical force and hard geographic barriers, proving that the sovereign state remains the absolute master of its own cage.

Posted in Sociology | Comments Off on Saskia Sassen and the Architecture of the Global City

Thomas Luckmann and the Social Construction of Reality

Thomas Luckmann ranks among the central figures of twentieth-century interpretive sociology. With Peter L. Berger (1929-2023) he wrote The Social Construction of Reality (1966), a book that entered the disciplinary canon and carried the phrase “social construction” into anthropology, psychology, education, law, communications, and history. Yet the collaboration with Berger occupies only one part of a long career. Luckmann recast the sociology of knowledge inherited from Max Scheler (1874-1828) and Karl Mannheim (1893-1947), renewed the sociology of religion, completed and systematized the unfinished phenomenology of his teacher Alfred Schutz (1899-1959), and in his later decades built an account of communication that linked phenomenological sociology to the close study of everyday speech. He held that human beings make, sustain, and revise the social worlds they live in, and that sociology must begin with lived experience rather than abstract structure.

He was born Tomaž Luckmann on October 14, 1927, in Jesenice, an industrial border town then part of the Kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes, soon renamed Yugoslavia. The household carried the mixed character of Central Europe. His father was an Austrian industrialist, his mother a Slovene from Ljubljana, and the boy grew up speaking both German and Slovene. He attended Slovene-language schools in Jesenice until 1941. Through his mother’s family he counted the Slovene poet Božo Vodušek (1905-1978) as a cousin. This early life inside two languages gave him a working sense of how speech carries identity and culture, a concern that runs through his mature scholarship.

The Second World War broke the pattern of that childhood. After Axis forces partitioned Slovenia in 1941, the family left for the German-speaking world, and in 1943 Luckmann and his mother settled in Vienna following the death of his father and other family losses. He acquired German citizenship and in 1944 was conscripted as a Luftwaffenhelfer, an auxiliary rather than a combat airman. He suffered minor injuries, spent time in a military hospital in Bavaria, and was taken prisoner near the end of the war. He held the status of prisoner of war for about three months before regaining his freedom in 1945. He then completed his secondary schooling in Vienna and entered university in 1947. Watching governments fall and a social order dissolve marked him. The question that occupied the rest of his life grew from that experience: how do societies build and hold stable worlds of meaning while history keeps moving under them.

Luckmann studied philosophy, linguistics, German and Romance literature, comparative linguistics, and psychology at the University of Vienna and the University of Innsbruck. In 1950 he married Benita Petkevic, a Latvian-born sociologist who would teach in the United States and Germany; the couple had three daughters, Maja, Mara, and Metka. That same period took him to the United States and to graduate study at the New School for Social Research in New York. The New School had become a refuge for European intellectuals displaced by fascism, and it served as a leading center for phenomenology and interpretive social theory.

There Luckmann studied under Alfred Schutz, along with Dorion Cairns, Albert Salomon, and Carl Mayer. Schutz shaped him more than any other teacher. An Austrian émigré, Schutz had joined the phenomenology of Edmund Husserl (1859-1938) to the interpretive sociology of Max Weber (1864-1920), and he treated society not as an abstract system or a set of statistical regularities but as a field of ordinary experience that real people interpret as they go. Luckmann took up this orientation and spent his career extending and ordering it. At the New School he also met a fellow graduate student, Peter L. Berger, and that friendship produced their famous book.

After his doctoral work Luckmann taught at Hobart College in upstate New York. In 1960, following the death of Schutz the year before, he returned to the New School to take up his teacher’s place on the faculty. He remained there until 1965, when the University of Frankfurt offered him a chair. Five years later, in 1970, he moved to the University of Konstanz, where he taught and conducted research until his retirement in 1994 and continued afterward as professor emeritus. The Konstanz years, nearly a quarter century, became the most productive of his life. Under his hand Konstanz grew into a European center for phenomenological sociology, qualitative research, and interpretive theory. With Richard Grathoff and Walter M. Sprondel he founded the Social Science Archive, the Alfred Schütz Memorial Archive, which gathered the papers of German-speaking social scientists scattered by exile and later served as the official archive of the German Sociological Association. Asked once to name his models, Luckmann pointed to Alexis de Tocqueville (1805-1859) and Wilhelm von Humboldt (1767-1835).

The Social Construction of Reality, published in 1966, changed the sociology of knowledge. Berger and Luckmann argued that the reality people experience in daily life is neither simply handed down nor merely private. It comes into being through a continuing process they described in three moments: externalization, objectivation, and internalization. People create institutions through repeated action. Those institutions then confront later generations as hard, given facts. Through upbringing and schooling, individuals take the institutions into themselves and come to experience them as the natural order of things. The authors compressed this account into a formula that students still recite: society is a human product, society is an objective reality, and the human being is a social product. The position rejected crude determinism and radical individualism alike, holding instead that persons and institutions mold each other without rest.

At the heart of the argument lay typification. People manage the flood of everyday life by sorting persons, events, and situations into recognizable kinds. Shared typifications harden through repetition into lasting structures: families, courts, schools, professions, governments. Language does the central work here, since it stores institutional meaning and carries it across generations. The book reached an audience far past sociology, into anthropology, psychology, education, organizational theory, legal studies, communications, nursing, public health, and history. Later readers often filed it under postmodern constructionism, but Luckmann held a narrower line. He insisted that he and Berger had described how people build the meanings they assign to reality, not that the material world is a social invention. The body, biological limits, and historical fact stood as real constraints on interpretation.

Luckmann’s independent work carried equal weight. His first major study of religion appeared in German in 1963 as Das Problem der Religion in der modernen Gesellschaft and in English in 1967 as The Invisible Religion. There he pressed against the standard secularization thesis. Modernization transforms religion rather than abolishing it. Old religious institutions may lose their authority while individuals keep building systems of ultimate meaning through private spirituality, political commitment, psychological practice, consumer life, and nationalism. Religion turns inward and private rather than vanishing. His idea of an “invisible religion” anticipated a later literature on individualized spirituality, religious pluralism, and the rise of people who call themselves spiritual rather than religious.

One of his largest achievements followed the death of Schutz in 1959. His teacher had left thousands of pages of notes and drafts without a finished synthesis of his life’s project. At the request of Ilse Schutz, the widow, Luckmann took on the labor of ordering, editing, and extending the material into a coherent theory. The result, the two-volume The Structures of the Life-World (German 1975 and 1984, English 1973 and 1989), took him well over a decade. He did far more than edit. He reconstructed Schutz’s phenomenological sociology into a systematic account of everyday experience, examining how people move among the several “provinces of meaning,” cross between realities, and live within the temporal and spatial frames of ordinary life. From this work Luckmann drew the term “proto-sociology” for a phenomenologically grounded fundamental discipline beneath the social sciences. The volumes secured his standing as the chief interpreter and developer of Schutz’s legacy.

From the 1970s onward Luckmann turned from broad theories of institutions to the close study of communication, and here he made his most original contribution: the theory of communicative genres. Societies, he argued, institutionalize not only firms and legal codes but also recurring forms of talk that solve familiar social problems. Gossip, jokes, confessions, interviews, consultations, sermons, classroom lessons, and courtroom testimony all work as communicative genres. Each carries socially recognized expectations about who may speak, what may be said, how it should be put, and how listeners should answer. By studying these recurring forms of speech, Luckmann showed how social order reproduces itself through ordinary exchange, and he joined phenomenological sociology to conversation analysis, linguistic sociology, and ethnomethodology. His student and collaborator Jörg Bergmann carried the program forward, with lasting effect on the institutionalization of qualitative methods in German sociology.

His late research reached into developmental psychology and the study of early infant communication. Luckmann attended to the wordless exchanges between infants and caregivers, the protoconversations of rhythm and mutual response, and read them as evidence that human sociality has roots before formal language. The capacity to share a social world has a deep biological base even where the meanings filling that world come from culture. The point held his two commitments together. Quantitative methods might map social regularities, but they could not show how a person reads a situation and acts within it, and so his sociology kept its weight on qualitative inquiry, on understanding from the participant’s side, and on the careful analysis of ordinary interaction.

Berger became the more public figure through a long list of popular books on religion and society. Within academic sociology, though, colleagues often regarded Luckmann as the more rigorous phenomenologist, the one who held the philosophy steady while pressing it against empirical questions of communication, identity, religion, and interaction. His influence spread well past his own field. Historians used his account of construction to study the changing of institutions and identities. Anthropologists drew on his treatment of shared meaning. Workers in communication, education, organizational studies, legal theory, and psychology adopted constructionist views that traced back to his work.

He kept his distance, all the same, from the more radical American constructionism that grew up in the late twentieth century. Some later theorists, he believed, had misread the original argument by declaring all reality socially produced. His own ground stayed phenomenological. Social construction names the production of shared meanings and institutions, not the erasure of objective material reality.

Among his other books stand The Sociology of Language and Life-World and Social Realities, together with many studies of communication and knowledge and several edited collections on phenomenological sociology and discourse analysis. Across all of them he pursued a single question: how human beings produce stable social worlds through ordinary communicative practice. Honors followed. He received doctorates from several European universities, and in 2002 the German Sociological Association recognized his lifetime contribution; in 2016, shortly before his death, the Association named him an honorary member. The Slovenian Sociological Association and universities in Slovenia, Sweden, Germany, and Norway honored him as well.

Thomas Luckmann died of cancer on May 10, 2016, at his home at Ossiacher See in Carinthia, Austria, near the Slovenian border, at the age of eighty-eight.

His legacy rests on more than one famous book. He showed that institutions, identities, religions, and the small conversations of daily life are not fixed objects but standing human accomplishments, made and remade through communication. By tracing how people build, negotiate, and hold shared worlds of meaning, he established himself as a leading phenomenological sociologist of his century and a principal theorist of how social reality comes to be.

The Reality Men Need: Thomas Luckmann and the Hero System

Ask six men what is real and you get six worlds.

The rates trader at the desk by the window does not look up from the terminal. Real is the mark. Real is where the curve closes at four o’clock and whether he called it before the others did. His watch cost more than his father earned in a year, and he checks it the way other men check a pulse. The salad goes brown in its plastic box at his elbow, untouched since eleven. “The market does not care what you believe,” he says. “That is the only honest thing in this building.”

Two miles north a hospice nurse peels off a blue nitrile glove and drops it in the bin by the door. Real is the body. The syringe driver clicks on its schedule. The daughter in the hallway wants to know if her mother can hear her, and the nurse has learned to answer the question under the question. “You find out fast what is real in this work,” she says, smoothing the tape over the line. “It is the breath. Count the breath.”

The preacher in the storefront on the avenue sets out folding chairs while the PA hums and pops. For him the avenue itself is vapor, the cars and the rent and the trader’s mark all passing away. Real is the unseen. “What you can see is leaving,” he tells the early ones who drift in from the cold. “What you cannot see is the only thing that stays.”

The physicist stands at the board with chalk on his fingers. Real is the wave function, the line of symbols that holds after the man who wrote it is gone. “The universe ran these before there were eyes to read them,” he says. “We come along late and copy them down.”

Each man says the word reality and points at a different thing, and each takes the other five for dreamers. The trader thinks the preacher soft. The preacher thinks the trader lost. The physicist thinks both of them provincial, and the nurse, who washes the bodies of traders and preachers and physicists alike, keeps her own counsel.

Ernest Becker (1924-1973) gives us the reason the word splits. In The Denial of Death, the book that won him the Pulitzer the year he died of cancer, Becker sets one fact at the center of the human animal: man knows he will die, and cannot bear the knowing. Culture is the answer he builds. Becker calls it the hero system, a structure of meaning that lets a mortal feel he counts in the scheme of things and will, in some form, outlast his own flesh. The trader’s score, the preacher’s heaven, the physicist’s law that predates eyes, the nurse’s vigil over the dying: each is a way of being a hero against death, a project of earning significance large enough to survive the body. Becker has a name for the price of admission. He calls it the vital lie. No man lives without one, and no man lives inside his own.

Now bring in the man who titled a book The Social Construction of Reality.

Luckmann saw the splitting before anyone gave him a vocabulary for the fear under it. He spent his life on the question of how a shared world comes to feel solid, handed down, beyond argument, when men made it and men could unmake it. He worked from above, mapping the floor plan of the built world. Becker worked from below, in the cellar, naming the terror that makes men build at all. Put them in one room and they study the same thing from two sides.

The terror was not abstract for Luckmann. He grew up inside two languages, German and Slovene, in a border town that changed hands and names. His father died and the family fled to Vienna in the middle of a war. At sixteen the German state put him in a Luftwaffe uniform; at eighteen another state held him as a prisoner. Twice in his boyhood a social order that called itself permanent came apart in his hands. A man who has watched that happen does not need a seminar to teach him that reality is built. He has seen the scaffolding fall. The question he carried out of those years and into his books reads, in Becker’s translation, as the death question in a sociologist’s suit: how do men raise worlds that feel eternal while history keeps moving the ground.

His own reality answers in a register the trader and the preacher might miss. For Luckmann the real world is the everyday lifeworld, the taken-for-granted ground we wake into and never question, built out of ordinary talk and held up by what he and his teacher called typifications, the standing categories through which we sort a stranger into a kind we already know how to treat. Language carries this world across generations the way a riverbed carries water. And here is the holy fact, the one that earns the Becker reading. Institutions, Luckmann writes, confront the men who come later as hard, objective facts. The world we make turns and faces our children as if it had always been there. That turning is the point. A built world that outlasts its builders is an engine for outliving yourself. Luckmann’s reality, like the trader’s and the preacher’s, answers death. It does so by being the one thing a man can pour himself into that will still stand when he is in the ground.

He said as much, once, in another book. The Invisible Religion argued against the easy view that modern men had given up on ultimate things. They had not given up. They had gone private. Each man now assembles his own sacred canopy out of whatever lies to hand: the firm, the nation, the craft, the children, the half-remembered God of his grandmother. Strip the church of its monopoly and the hunger does not die; it scatters into a thousand homemade religions. That is Becker’s hero system rendered in a sociologist’s hand, the immortality project after it has lost its steeple and moved indoors.

So watch the homemade religions at work.

The luthier in his shop will not be hurried. Real is the grain, the way the spruce takes the plane, the arch he has thinned by feel for thirty years. He signs the label inside the body where no buyer looks, because the violin will play in halls he will never enter, for players not yet born. He has found the trick every craftsman finds. Pour the self into the object and the object carries the self past the lifespan of the hand.

The refugee at the border crossing holds a different real in a plastic sleeve. Real is the papers, the stamp, the name spelled right on the line that decides whether he sleeps inside a fence tonight or outside it. Strip a man of everything and the last hero system standing is the bare dignity of the name, the claim that he is someone the ledger must account for. Luckmann, who once stood in a line like that with his mother, knew the smallest version of the built world is a document that says you are real.

And at the center, where the hero systems all run out, stands the nurse with the blue gloves. She works the one room the trader and the preacher and the physicist and the luthier cannot furnish. The body fails on its own schedule and answers to no canopy. Becker calls this the creaturely fact, the animal truth the apparatus of culture exists to hide. The nurse does not hide it. She counts the breath. She is the figure every hero system is built to keep us from becoming, and someone has to sit with her, and she does.

Then comes the turn that makes Luckmann more than a case.

He knew. Of all the men in this essay he is the one who knew, in print and at length, that reality is constructed, that the solid world is a human product wearing the mask of fact. A man who knows that might be expected to float free, to hold every world lightly, to need no floor under his feet. He did not float. When the radical constructionists who came after him took his title and ran, declaring everything down to the body and death itself a social invention, Luckmann pulled back hard. The body is real, he insisted. Death is real. History sets limits no talk can talk away. The one man best equipped to dissolve reality into pure construction kept a floor and stood on it.

The map of his own life shows where the floor was poured. Alfred Schutz died in 1959 and left thousands of pages of an unfinished system, the book he never closed. His widow, Ilse Schutz, handed the papers to Luckmann. He gave more than a decade to them. He ordered the fragments, carried the argument the dead man had not lived to finish, and put it between covers as The Structures of the Life-World. The year after the funeral he took the dead man’s chair on the faculty. Read it through Becker and the act stands clear. Here is a theorist of how men build worlds that outlast them, building one. He extended a dead master’s immortality project and bound his own name into it so that the two might travel forward together. The student who knew that reality is made still needed his teacher’s reality not to be made all the way down, still needed the lineage to be real, the work to be real, the name on the spine to be real.

Becker might answer that this is no failure and no contradiction. It is the law. The vital lie is not a flaw in the weak; it is the floor under the strong. No man lives inside his own demystification. The sociologist who proved that the canopy is sewn by human hands went home at night and slept under one, as every man must, because the alternative is the nurse’s room with the gloves off and nothing between the self and the dark.

So return to the word. Six men, six realities, and a seventh man who spent his life mapping how the other six get built. The trader’s mark, the preacher’s eternity, the physicist’s equation, the luthier’s grain, the refugee’s stamped name, the nurse’s counted breath. Each is real, and each is a way of refusing to be only an animal that ends. Luckmann gave us the grammar of how the worlds go up. Becker named the fear that lays the first course of brick. They never met on the page, and they were writing the same book.

He died on May 10, 2016, at his house above the Ossiacher See, the lake bright below the window, his teacher’s book finished and his own beside it, the name on both. A man builds a world that will stand after him, and then he lies down in it.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, Luckmann’s entire sociological project is a monumental formulation of the misunderstanding myth. He took a brutal world of raw, biological competition and packaged it as a giant, text-based software program that humans accidentally wrote together.

Luckmann’s core thesis is that human beings construct their institutions through a process of externalization, objectivation, and internalization. Humans repeat an action, it becomes a habit, the habit becomes an objective rule, and future generations internalize that rule as an unchangeable law of nature. For Luckmann, social inequalities and hierarchies are arbitrary cultural frameworks that people maintain because they treat these man-made structures as objective realities.

From Pinsof’s perspective, this is a beautiful fiction designed to give the sociologist supreme intellectual leverage. Human institutions, hierarchies, and property arrangements are not arbitrary scripts that people accidentally reified because they lacked a sharp deconstructive lens. They are highly efficient systems tailored to handle the zero-sum constraints of biology: securing calories, dominating rivals, defending territory, and managing reproductive opportunities.

By framing these hard, material structures as a “social construction” kept alive by shared habits and beliefs, Luckmann created a premium market for his own class. If reality is a text-based construction, then the sociologist is the ultimate architect who gets to tell everyone how the house was built and how the blueprints might be altered.

In his 1967 book, The Invisible Religion, Luckmann argued that traditional church-based religion was not simply disappearing in modern society. Instead, it was transforming into an individualized, private quest for personal meaning and self-realization. He framed this shift as a structural evolution in how humans find meaning in an increasingly complex world.

Pinsof’s logic shows that this analysis hides a raw coalitional victory. The decline of institutional church authority was a zero-sum turf war over who gets to dictate the moral and social rules of society. The traditional clergy lost that war to a new, secular elite branch: the university professors, the psychoanalysts, and the state bureaucrats.

Luckmann does not frame this as a raw conquest of institutional power by his own tribe. He dresses it up as a natural, structural evolution of human consciousness. By declaring that religion has become an “invisible,” personalized quest for meaning, he strips the traditional clergy of their corporate authority while positioning the secular intellectual as the clear-eyed observer who understands the modern soul better than the priest does.

Luckmann spent much of his career completing The Structures of the Life-World, a massive project left unfinished by his mentor Alfred Schutz (1899-1959). This work used phenomenology to trace the minute, subjective ways individuals experience time, space, and face-to-face interaction. The book operates on the assumption that studying the micro-foundations of human experience expands public perception and deepens our understanding of human society.

Under Pinsof’s frame, this dense, phenomenological scholarship serves a clear class function: it acts as a supreme sorting device for the credentialed elite. The public does not navigate daily life based on a complex philosophical breakdown of the “life-world.” They navigate it using low-cost heuristics, group loyalties, and competitive strategies.

Mastering a dense, highly specialized vocabulary about subjective structures is a luxury habit designed to distinguish the elite academic from the lower-status activist or worker. Luckmann did not map the structures of the life-world to alter the Darwinian competition of human nature. He built an intricate, text-based telescope to study the hole of human interaction, ensuring that the senior professor who holds the lens collects immense prestige, tenure, and institutional real estate from his seat at the top of the academic hierarchy.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

If Mearsheimer is right, his anthropology provides a harsh, material correction to the influential sociology of Thomas Luckmann.
Mearsheimer’s realism cuts through his linguistic idealism by anchoring human behavior in biology and geography rather than open-ended conversation. While Luckmann treats the social construction of reality as a fluid, ongoing dialogue, Mearsheimer shows that the structural template of human society is fixed by the imperative of survival in an anarchic world. The content of a tribe’s myths might be socially constructed, but the necessity of the tribe itself is an immutable reality. Humans do not navigate the world through endless, flexible conversations that build reality from scratch. They are driven by an evolutionary need to form cohesive, bounded groups to defend themselves against external threats. Luckmann’s theory treats the social world as a soft canvas of shared meanings, whereas realism shows it is a hard arena of competing survival vehicles.
This perspective alters how we view Luckmann’s theory of socialization, which is the process where a child internalizes the rules and meanings of his society. Luckmann describes this as a cognitive and emotional mapping of the world, a way the individual finds his place in the social order. Mearsheimer’s anthropology reveals that this early socialization is not a neutral educational process, but an intense, unreflective value infusion that hardwires the brain for blind group loyalty. The long human childhood exists for this purpose. The brain is programmed to accept the tribe’s rules and enemies long before the individual develops independent reason or critical thinking. Luckmann treats socialization as the way humans build a shared subjective world, but realism shows it is a survival instrument designed to enforce conformity and maximize collective power for the coming conflict with rival coalitions.
Luckmann’s later work, particularly his 1967 book, The Invisible Religion, falls apart under the weight of Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences. Luckmann argues that in modern, secure, and highly specialized societies, traditional institutional religion declines. In its place, religion becomes privatized and invisible. Individuals choose their own personal meaning systems from a marketplace of lifestyles, hobbies, and personal ethics, turning identity into a voluntary, customized project.
Mearsheimer’s framework shows that this invisible, privatized religion is a fragile luxury product that can only exist during rare periods of total state security and material abundance. When a state secures the perimeter and dampens local competition, individuals can afford the illusion that their primary identity is a matter of personal choice. The moment that baseline security fractures, or resource scarcity threatens the community, the invisible religion vanishes. The social animal drops his customized lifestyle choices and returns to the primary, mass tribal alignments fixed during childhood. A private, invisible religion cannot protect an individual from a hostile foreign coalition or a rival domestic tribe. The unyielding realities of group competition force individuals to abandon fluid, constructed identities and re-mobilize around overt, high-cohesion survival vehicles, proving that Luckmann’s social constructions are always subordinate to material power.

Alliance Theory

Luckmann grew up in a bilingual environment in Jesenice (modern-day Slovenia), speaking both Slovene and German under shifting wartime occupations. Conventional intellectual biography frames this background as a source of deep phenomenological insight into multi-layered realities.

Alliance Theory reinterprets this directly through the lenses of coalitional psychology and stochasticity:

Moving between distinct linguistic, cultural, and political entities during World War II exposed Luckmann to highly contingent, localized alliance structures. What one group defined as legitimate authority, a rival group defined as transgression.

His ultimate thesis—that “reality” is not a fixed, given truth but an ongoing intersubjective construction—is a sophisticated, abstract rationalization of his own early exposure to conflicting group narratives. The theory of social constructionism serves as a tool to detach oneself from any single local coalition by explaining all belief systems as patchwork fabrications.

Luckmann’s entry into sociology was highly contingent; he initially studied philosophy and linguistics before moving to the United States in 1950 and attending The New School for Social Research. There, he studied under Alfred Schütz.

Academic schools form through basic coalitional drivers like similarity and interdependence. At The New School, a distinct cluster of European émigré scholars coordinated around shared intellectual frameworks to establish common knowledge and secure their rank within the broader American academic marketplace.

Luckmann’s subsequent work completing Schütz’s unfinished manuscript, Structures of the Life-World (1982), demonstrates the logic of transitivity (“any friend of yours is a friend of mine”). His commitment to Schütz’s phenomenological lineage was an honest signal of coalitional loyalty, preserving the boundaries and prestige of their specific academic alliance against rival materialist or behaviorist schools.

In The Invisible Religion (1967), Luckmann argued that modern society is not undergoing simple secularization; instead, institutionalized religion is shifting toward privatized, individualized forms of meaning.

Traditional perspectives view secularization as the decline of moral values. Luckmann’s theory provided a strategic narrative for the highly secular intellectual class. Rather than allowing critics to use a victim bias to claim modern society is losing its moral core, Luckmann used an attributional adjustment. He re-framed the decline of church attendance as a structural shift toward a new form of personal transcendence. This ad-hoc modification effectively defended the reputation and legitimacy of a secularizing, highly educated elite.

The sociology of knowledge, which Luckmann championed, posits that all human knowledge is bound to a specific social context. Alliance Theory notes that this framework applies directly to the sociologists themselves.

By claiming that human belief systems arise from daily routines, institutionalization, and typification rather than objective truth, Luckmann’s theory lowers the status of mass political or religious convictions.

This framework elevates the role of the interpretive sociologist into an elite analyst who understands the hidden architecture of everyone else’s illusions. The theory itself functions as a sophisticated rhetorical device, designed to protect the intellectual group’s social position and maximize its institutional leverage over competing social actors.

The Chair: Thomas Luckmann and the Interaction Ritual Chain

The room sits on an upper floor of the New School on West Twelfth Street, and it is full of accents. Vienna, Berlin, Prague, Frankfurt, the cities that emptied their lecture halls into New York when the lecture halls turned dangerous. The men wear European suits gone shiny at the elbow. Cigarette smoke stands in the light from the tall windows. There is a long table, and there is a geography to the table that every man in the room reads without being told: who sits near the head, who speaks first, who waits to be asked.

At the head sits Alfred Schutz, who keeps the books for a firm downtown by day and runs this seminar by the grace of his evenings. He has Husserl’s pages in front of him, marked in a small hand. He does not raise his voice. “We begin where everyone begins,” he says, “with the world we take for granted.” The young men lean in. One of them, near the wall, a tall Slovene with German in his mouth and a war behind him, leans in further than the rest. Something passes around the table that none of them can weigh on a scale and all of them can feel. They will go home charged. They will sit alone at their desks that night and keep talking to the men they left in the room.

That charge, and where it goes, is the story.

Randall Collins (b. 1941) built a sociology to name what happened in that room. He took the interaction ritual from Erving Goffman (1922-1982) and the older idea of collective effervescence from Émile Durkheim (1858-1917) and forged a general account of how human beings generate the energy to act and think. An interaction ritual needs four things. Bodies in the same place. A barrier that marks who belongs and who does not. A shared focus of attention. A common mood that builds as the focus tightens. When these feed one another, the encounter throws off solidarity, a set of sacred objects charged with significance for the group, and, in each man who took part, a current Collins calls emotional energy: confidence, drive, the appetite to go on. Rituals that fail drain the current instead. Men are seekers of emotional energy. They go back to the encounters that pay and avoid the ones that bankrupt them, and a life strings together as a chain of such encounters, each one charging or draining the man who moves through it. This is the interaction ritual chain.

Intellectual life, Collins argued in The Sociology of Philosophies, runs on the same current and obeys the same arithmetic. Creativity does not fall like rain across a society. It clusters in a few dense hubs and travels down a few master-pupil chains. The great names sit in lineages, each generation charged by face-to-face contact with the last, and the energy is emotional before it is anything else. A thinker carries the heat of the seminar room out the door and keeps the conversation running inside his skull, talking to himself in the voices of the men he argues with. Thinking, on this account, is an interaction ritual gone internal, a coalition held in the mind. The sacred objects of this kind of ritual are ideas, texts, a charged word or two. The lifeworld was such a word. The men around that table on West Twelfth Street were minting it.

Place Luckmann in the chain and it runs clean. Edmund Husserl charged Alfred Schutz, though the two met as much through pages and a handful of visits as through any shared room; the chain carries through texts when it cannot meet in person, and Schutz read Husserl the way a believer reads scripture, then turned the philosophy toward the sociology Max Weber had left unfinished. Schutz charged Luckmann in the room. The line is short and the voltage is high: Husserl to Schutz to Luckmann, three links and a sacred object passed hand to hand, the structure of everyday experience, the world taken for granted.

The current ran through pairs as well as down the line. Luckmann found, in a fellow graduate student, the partner every creative run seems to need. He and Peter Berger formed a two-man ritual, the kind of small hot circle Collins finds at the root of most intellectual production, two men with a shared focus and a rising mood and a barrier around the work that kept the rest of the field outside. They produced a book and, inside it, a sacred object compact enough to carry: three lines that students still recite in survey courses, that society is a human product, that society is an objective reality, that man is a social product. A chant. A membership symbol. Say it and you signal which church you attend. The dyad charged the object, and the object now charges every room where the lines get spoken.

Then the chain reached the turn that decides a career.

Schutz died in 1959. He left the work undone, thousands of pages toward a system he never closed, the manuscripts stacked and waiting. He left a chair on the faculty. And he left a lineage with no one yet standing at its head. In 1960 Luckmann came back to the New School and took the chair. His widow, Ilse Schutz, brought him the papers. The handing over was a ritual in the strict sense, a transfer of a sacred object from the keeper to the heir, witnessed, charged, binding. “He left it unfinished,” runs the sense of the moment, if not the words. “Someone has to finish it.”

Read through Collins, the decade that followed answers a question that puzzles biographers. How does a man spend ten years alone with a dead teacher’s notes and not go cold? The current should drain in solitude. It did not drain, because Luckmann was not alone. He ran the seminar in his head. He kept Schutz at the table, argued the gaps, supplied the turns the dead man had not lived to write, and carried the work to its close as The Structures of the Life-World. The book came out under both names, the teacher’s first. The sacred object went back into circulation recharged, and the heir’s hand was now on it for good. A man who knew, better than most, how shared worlds get built and handed down had built and handed down the proof of his own lineage.

At Konstanz, where he held a chair from 1970 until his retirement in 1994, Luckmann stopped being only a link and became a node. He drew students, and the students became a chain of their own, Bergmann and Knoblauch and Soeffner and the rest carrying the charge into German sociology for the next forty years. He founded the Alfred Schütz Memorial Archive with two colleagues, a building to hold the papers of the scattered émigrés, the documents of a generation blown across the world. Collins has a reading of such a place. It is a temple to the sacred objects, an engine for keeping the current alive when the men who first generated it are gone, a way to gather the lineage in one room again so the next generation can feel the charge come off the page. The boy who once leaned in near the wall now sat at the head of the table.

His late work read like the theory turned on its own ground. Luckmann spent his last decades on communicative genres, on gossip and sermons and the lessons of the classroom, on the wordless back-and-forth between an infant and a mother that he called protoconversation. He was mapping, in his own idiom and from his own lineage, the same face-to-face encounter Collins maps from Durkheim and Goffman. Two microsociologists, two chains, one object: the charged moment between men in a room. The convergence is the payoff. Collins’s apparatus catches Luckmann’s life because Luckmann lived the thing the apparatus describes, and described it himself from the other side.

The chain is selective. Berger walked out of the same dyad and became the public name, the author of popular books, the face the wider world attached to the idea. Inside the discipline the deference ran the other way, toward Luckmann, the rigorous one, the heir who finished the master’s system. Collins calls the limit on this the law of small numbers. The attention space holds only a few reputations at a time, three to six live schools, a handful of names per generation, and a network always produces more than the few names it sends downstream. Most of the men around that table on West Twelfth Street are forgotten. The room that charged them is gone. What survived is the current, passed from Husserl to Schutz to Luckmann to a German graduate student in the 1980s who felt, in a seminar at Konstanz, the old heat come off a sentence and lean in further than the rest, and carried it out the door, and kept talking to the men he had left in the room.

Posted in Sociology | Comments Off on Thomas Luckmann and the Social Construction of Reality

Worlds Men Build: The Sociology of Peter L. Berger

Peter L. Berger (1929-2017) ranks among the influential sociologists of the twentieth century and stands as a foremost scholar of religion in modern society. He is best known as co-author, with Thomas Luckmann (1927-2016), of The Social Construction of Reality (1966), a work that recast the sociology of knowledge around a single proposition: much of what people take to be objective and given has instead been made, sustained, and handed down through social interaction. The argument traveled well beyond sociology into religious studies, political science, theology, and philosophy, and it supplied the vocabulary that later social constructionism would adopt. Berger himself remained wary of the ideological certainties that vocabulary often served. Across six decades he joined disciplined sociological analysis to a clear and witty prose, and he became one of the rare academics whose books found both specialists and a wide reading public.

Peter Ludwig Berger was born on March 17, 1929, in Vienna, to George William and Jelka Loew Berger. His parents came from assimilated Jewish families and converted to Christianity around the time of the Nazi annexation of Austria in 1938, in part as the family sought an escape from persecution. They did not emigrate directly to the United States. Instead they fled to British Mandate Palestine, where Berger passed the years of the Second World War. He attended St. Luke’s School in Jerusalem, a British secondary school, and later studied at a Swiss missionary school. Growing up among Hebrew-speaking communities while he encountered Christianity, Judaism, Islam, and even the Bahá’í Faith in nearby Haifa exposed him early to a wide religious and cultural plurality. Those years of exile and competing systems of belief shaped the questions that would occupy him for the rest of his life. How do societies build worlds of meaning? How do religions hold their plausibility? How does a single person move among rival accounts of what is real?

The family reached the United States in 1946 and settled in New York. Berger earned a bachelor’s degree from Wagner College on Staten Island, then studied briefly for the Lutheran ministry at a theological seminary in Philadelphia. He concluded that sociology offered a stronger path into religion than theology alone. He served two years in the United States Army and then enrolled at the New School for Social Research, where he took his doctorate under the phenomenological sociologist Alfred Schutz (1899-1959).

Schutz gave Berger phenomenology, and in particular the insight that people experience the social world as natural and self-evident even though history has built it. Berger then fused phenomenology with the classical sociology of Max Weber (1864-1920), Émile Durkheim (1858-1917), and Karl Marx (1818-1883). The result was an approach that held two truths together: human beings create society through their own activity, and the institutions they create then press back upon them with a power that feels external and fixed. He rejected naïve realism and radical relativism alike. Men build the social order, and the order they build comes to constrain them.

His breakthrough arrived with The Social Construction of Reality, written with Luckmann. The book described social reality as the product of a continuous threefold movement: externalization, objectivation, and internalization. People create institutions through repeated action. Those institutions gradually take on an objective standing that appears independent of anyone who made them. New generations then absorb them through socialization and meet them as natural features of the world. Money, law, marriage, the professions, governments, universities: each carries objective force while remaining a human creation through and through. The work became a defining book of twentieth-century sociology, and the International Sociological Association later placed it among the discipline’s most influential titles.

Here Berger parted company with many who would later borrow his language. He kept a firm line between physical reality and social reality. Mountains, gravity, and biological processes hold whether or not anyone believes in them. Nations, legal systems, corporations, and currencies hold because societies keep reproducing them through shared meaning and institutional practice. That distinction let Berger claim the insight of construction without sliding into the relativism that came to mark much postmodern thought.

Religion ran as the central thread through everything he wrote. In The Sacred Canopy (1967) he argued that religion supplies an overarching frame of meaning, a sacred canopy that legitimates social institutions and lets people face suffering, uncertainty, and death. Religious traditions steady a society by setting ordinary life within a transcendent moral order. Modernity then unsettles that order. By exposing each person to a crowd of competing worldviews, it breaks the monopoly any single tradition once held.

One of his earliest classics, Invitation to Sociology (1963), presented the discipline not as a heap of statistics but as a trained way of seeing through appearances. The sociologist asks the questions that uncover the hidden assumptions beneath daily life. In that book Berger introduced two ideas he would return to often. Alternation names the human capacity to move between wholly different social worlds and to inhabit each by its own internal logic. Ecstasy, from the Greek for standing outside, names the freedom a man gains when he recognizes that his social world is not inevitable but made. Sociology, on this account, becomes more than an academic field. It becomes a way of winning critical distance from one’s own society.

Several further books extended his sociology of religion. The Social Reality of Religion (1969), A Rumor of Angels (1969), and The Heretical Imperative (1979) examined how belief survives under modern plurality. The modern person no longer inherits faith as a matter of course. He chooses, increasingly, among rival religious and secular options. That freedom breeds uncertainty, and it also opens the door to a more reflective and self-aware commitment.

Berger grew well known for revising one of his own central positions in public. Through the 1960s he accepted the prevailing secularization thesis, which held that modernization would steadily shrink the place of religion. By the 1990s the explosive growth of evangelical Christianity, Pentecostalism, political Islam, and Hindu revival had convinced him the theory had largely failed. He did not abandon the sociology of religion. He reformulated it. The mark of modernity, he concluded, was not secularization but pluralism. Modern societies generate competitive markets of religious and secular belief, and within them each person must choose rather than simply inherit an identity. He set out this mature view in The Desecularization of the World (1999), which he edited, and in The Many Altars of Modernity (2014), his last major statement on religion and plurality.

Berger also became a sharp analyst of capitalism, development, and civil society. In Pyramids of Sacrifice (1974) he faulted both revolutionary Marxism and certain schools of capitalist development for justifying present misery in the name of future prosperity. Borrowing the image of the ancient sacrificial pyramid, he argued that policymakers should refuse to sacrifice living people to an abstract vision of history. He favored instead policies anchored in the lived experience, the dignity, and the immediate needs of ordinary men and women.

His concern for civil society found its clearest form in To Empower People (1977), written with the theologian Richard John Neuhaus (1936-2009). The book argued that modern people grow alienated when they face nothing but vast bureaucracies and centralized institutions. Between the isolated individual and the enormous structures of state and market stand the mediating institutions: families, neighborhoods, churches, schools, and voluntary associations. These intermediate bodies furnish meaning, identity, and support while they check excessive concentrations of political and economic power. The argument carried real weight in later debates over welfare reform, civil society, and communitarian political thought.

In The Capitalist Revolution (1986) Berger defended capitalism as the most successful engine of rising living standards in history while insisting that a working market rests on cultural norms: trust, responsibility, stable families, and voluntary cooperation. He rejected Marxist dependency theory and simple free-market triumphalism in equal measure. Economic development, he held, always sits atop a complex interplay among culture, religion, politics, and institutions.

Among his more distinctive books stands Redeeming Laughter (1997), a study of humor as a window onto human existence. Comedy, Berger argued, exposes the fragility of social roles and the contingency of institutions that ordinarily appear permanent. A king slips on a banana peel, and for a moment the social construction of majesty falls away. For Berger humor carried theological weight. Laughter briefly frees a man from rigid social structure and hints at a reality beyond ordinary existence.

He gathered the account of his own course in a memoir, Adventures of an Accidental Sociologist (2011). Looking back across six decades, he described a career shaped by curiosity rather than ideological commitment, and he returned throughout to a single discipline of mind: follow the evidence wherever it leads, even when it forces the abandonment of an earlier conclusion.

In politics Berger resisted the usual labels. Early on he sympathized with liberal reform, supported civil rights, and opposed the Vietnam War. Over time he grew skeptical of ideological certainty across the spectrum. He defended liberal democracy, religious liberty, market economies, and civil society, and he warned against utopian projects that claimed a comprehensive solution to the human condition. His writing held steadily to moderation, empirical inquiry, and institutional humility.

Berger married the sociologist Brigitte Kellner Berger in 1959. She built a substantial scholarly career of her own, teaching at Wellesley College and later chairing the sociology department at Boston University. The two collaborated on several important books, among them The Homeless Mind (1973), written with Hansfried Kellner, along with studies of modernization, family, and culture. Berger often named Brigitte among his closest intellectual partners. They had two sons, including Thomas Berger, a scholar of international relations. Brigitte Berger died in 2015.

Over his career Berger taught at the New School for Social Research, the University of North Carolina, Rutgers University, Boston College, and Boston University. In 1985 he founded Boston University’s Institute for the Study of Economic Culture, which later became the Institute on Culture, Religion, and World Affairs, known as CURA. Under his direction it grew into a leading center for interdisciplinary research on religion, globalization, development, and civil society, and it sponsored more than a hundred international research projects.

Readers admired his prose for its clarity, its wit, and its literary grace. Berger kept clear of academic jargon on principle. Sociology, he believed, should illuminate ordinary experience, not bury it. Humor, irony, historical example, and philosophical reflection carried his books to readers far beyond the academy.

His influence reached across sociology, religious studies, political science, theology, history, and philosophy. Social construction, plausibility structures, mediating institutions, religious pluralism: each became a durable part of the social sciences. Later constructionists often took up a stronger relativism than he would accept. Berger held his middle ground. He stayed empirically rigorous and remained open to transcendence. He criticized the certainties of left and right while defending liberal democracy, religious freedom, markets, and the indispensable place of families, religious communities, and other intermediate bodies.

Peter L. Berger died at his home in Brookline, Massachusetts, on June 27, 2017, at the age of eighty-eight. His legacy rests on a double claim. Much of social reality is humanly constructed, and these constructions acquire real power over those who build them. Across his work on religion, politics, economics, humor, and daily life he kept returning to a single insight. Men build worlds of meaning without pause, live inside them as though they were nature, and now and then gain enough distance to see at once their contingency and their weight.

The Doorway: Peter Berger and the Word “Real”

A boy walks a street in Jerusalem in the early 1940s. He wears the gray of a British school. The limestone holds the morning heat and gives it back. Before noon four claims on the real reach him. The muezzin calls from a minaret and names one world. Bells answer from a Christian quarter and name another. The Hebrew of the market, sharp and practical, names a third. Down the coast at Haifa, he has heard, a new faith keeps a garden and waits for a unity that has not yet come. The boy is Peter Berger. He will spend sixty years on the question those four sounds put to him on one morning. Not which one is true. A harder question. Why does each feel, to the man inside it, like the floor under his feet.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) gives us the lever. In The Denial of Death he argues that a man cannot live with the knowledge that he will rot. The knowledge is there, under everything, and it would freeze him if he looked at it straight. So culture hands him a project. It tells him he is not an animal that dies but a hero in a drama that lasts. The drama can be a nation, a church, a science, a family line, a body of work. Becker calls it the hero system. Inside it a man earns the one thing that holds the terror down, the sense that his life counts in a scheme larger than his body and longer than his years. Self-esteem is the feeling of being a good character in that drama. Evil, in Becker’s hard sequel, is what one hero system does to another when each must defend its claim to be the real one.

The piece most essays in this vein leave thin is the word at the center. Every hero system has its sacred coin, the thing it treats as cosmically real, the value that redeems a life. The trouble is that many systems use the same coin and redeem it for different goods. The word stays. The world behind the word changes. A man can say “the real” and mean by it something another man, saying the same syllable, would not recognize as the real at all. The word is a passport that fails at most borders.

Take a Carthusian in his cell. He keeps silence most of the day. He eats alone, sleeps on a board, owns a few books and a knife for the garden. Ask him what is real and he will tell you, without heat, that the street outside the wall is the dream and the cell is the waking. The traffic, the markets, the wars in the paper, these pass and leave nothing. The real is the One who does not pass. His day points at it. The bell that wakes him at two in the morning is not an interruption of life. It is life, and the rest is the interruption. He gives up the world the rest of us call real because he has bet that it is the thin one, and that the thick world, the lasting one, opens only to the man who lets the thin one go. His hero system promises that the self does not end. It joins the One who does not pass. Death is the door home.

Now a futures trader at a desk in the last hour before the close. Three screens, a headset, a coffee gone cold at the edge of the keyboard. Ask him what is real and he will laugh at you and point at the tape. Price is real. What clears is real. A man’s opinion of the corn crop is wind until the number prints, and then it is iron. He has watched stories he believed cost him a year’s bonus, and he has learned the only discipline he trusts. Do not love your position. The market does not care what you think is true. It cares what clears. For him the real is the thing that survives contact with money, and everything else, the analyst’s note, the founder’s pitch, the politician’s promise, is a story people tell until the close proves them. His hero system is the score at the bell. He is a hero if the number at the end of the year says he read the world right when other men read it wrong. The terror under the desk is that the number could say he was a fool, and a fool is a man whose life did not count. So he watches the tape the way the monk watches the bell.

A trauma surgeon at three in the morning has no patience for either of them. Real is the body open on the table. Real is the pressure dropping, the unit of blood, the clamp that holds or slips. Theology is a luxury of men who are not bleeding, and the market is a game played by men who have never had a sixteen-year-old die under their hands while the parents wait in a room down the hall. For the surgeon the real is what kills you and what saves you, measured in minutes. His hero system is the save. He stands against death in the most literal posture a man can take, hands inside another man’s chest, and when he wins he has pushed the thing back one more time. He does not call it that. He calls it work. But the reverence is there, and the dread, and the small pride that Becker would name at once. A man who saves lives is a man whose own death will have meant something, because he spent it holding the line.

A close-up magician knows a secret about all three. He makes his living on the gap between what people see and what is there. He has palmed the coin a thousand times while the eye followed the empty hand. For him the real is the move you never caught, the work hidden under the patter, and the lesson of his trade is that the human eye is a poor witness and the human mind a worse one. People do not see what happens. They see the story they were led to expect. He could tell you that the monk and the trader and the surgeon are all watching the empty hand in their own way, sure they have caught the truth while the truth went by under cover. His hero system is mastery of the trick, the private knowledge that he stands on the far side of the illusion that fools everyone else. He cheats death by being the one man in the room who is not fooled. The terror he holds down is the suspicion that he too is fooled, that there is one more move he never caught, the one with his name on it.

Four men, one word, four worlds. The monk’s real is eternal and unseen. The trader’s is the number that clears. The surgeon’s is the body that bleeds. The magician’s is the move under the patter. None of them is lying. Each has built a world in which his sacred word holds, and each holds the same terror down with it, and none can step into another’s world and find the word still good. This is Becker’s point pressed harder than he pressed it. The hero system does not only tell a man how to be a hero. It tells him what is real, and the realness is the part he will kill and die to keep, because under it sits the thing he cannot look at.

Peter Berger built his life’s work out of exactly this, and never said the word Becker said. He came at it from the side of the social order rather than the side of the single trembling man. His great book, The Social Construction of Reality, written with Thomas Luckmann, says that the worlds the monk and the trader and the surgeon live in are made, kept up, and handed down by people acting together, and that the making is hidden from the people inside, so that the made world feels like nature. In The Sacred Canopy he gave the religious case its name. A society raises a canopy of meaning over the heads of its members. The canopy says that the order of the village, the law, the marriage bed, the king, all of it, sits inside a sacred order that the gods or God underwrite. Under the canopy a man can bury his father and believe the burial means something. He can suffer and read the suffering as a chapter rather than an accident. The canopy turns the brute facts of pain and death into parts of a story a man can bear.

Read that beside Becker and the twinship is hard to miss. Berger published The Sacred Canopy in 1967. Becker published The Denial of Death in 1973. They never wrote the one book that lay between them. Berger gave the social account of how the canopy gets built and how it stays up, the shared rites, the plausibility a worldview keeps only as long as enough people around you confirm it. Becker gave the reason a man needs the canopy in the first place, the terror it answers, the death it hides. Each held one half. The canopy is the hero system seen from above, the thing a people builds together. The hero system is the canopy seen from below, the thing one man needs so the dark does not take him. Set them side by side and you have a fuller account of the same fact than either man wrote alone.

Here the essay could end, with Berger filed as the sociologist of Becker’s terror. That would miss the man. Because Berger’s own hero system is not the canopy. He spent his life proving the canopy is made, and a man who has seen the scaffolding cannot kneel under the dome the way the monk kneels. Berger could not be the trader either, or the surgeon, or the magician. He had seen too clearly that each of their worlds was one canopy among many, raised by men, kept up by men, and able to fall. He had the disease he diagnosed. He called it, in a later book, the homeless mind. The modern man knows too much to believe any single world all the way down, and so he has no home, only a row of houses he can visit and leave.

Most men who reach that knowledge break one of two ways. Some run back under a canopy and pull it down hard over their eyes and call the doubt a temptation. Berger watched fundamentalists of every faith do this and understood the appeal and would not follow. Others declare the sky empty, the canopy a fraud, the sacred a story told to children, and they make a hero system out of disenchantment, out of being the man brave enough to see that nothing is there. Berger would not follow them either. He thought the second group as credulous as the first, sure of an absence they could not prove, building their own canopy and calling it the absence of canopies.

Berger took the third way, and it is the rarer one, and it is his hero system. He stood in the doorway. He kept one foot in the knowledge that all worlds are made and one foot in the suspicion that the making points at something real. In A Rumor of Angels he set down what he called signals of transcendence, small ordinary acts that seem to reach past the made world. A mother comforts a frightened child in the night and tells her that everything is all right, and Berger asks whether the mother is lying. By the lights of the disenchanted she is, because in a few decades the child and the mother will both be dead and nothing will be all right. But the mother does not feel that she is lying, and the act of comfort seems to make a claim that the universe is, at the deepest level, trustworthy. Berger would not say the mother is right. He would not say she is wrong. He kept the question open and called the openness honesty. A man who closes it in either direction, he thought, has chosen comfort over truth and dressed the choice up as courage.

This is the doorway, and it is a hard place to stand, and standing there was Berger’s project against death. He gave it a Greek name from his early book, ecstasy, which he glossed by its root, to stand outside. The sociologist stands outside his own society and sees that it is one society among many and could have been otherwise. Most men cannot bear to stand there long. They get cold and go back inside to the fire of their canopy. Berger made a life out of staying in the doorway, and he found two ways to keep warm there that did not require him to go back in.

The first was laughter. In Redeeming Laughter he argued that comedy is a small daily proof that the social order is not as solid as it pretends. A judge in his robe is majesty, until he slips on the ice, and for a second the robe is a costume and the man inside it is a man. The laugh is the recognition that the canopy is cloth. For most men that recognition is the terror, the thing they cannot look at. Berger turned it into the joke, and the joke into one of his signals of transcendence, because the freedom to laugh at the made world hints that the man laughing is not all the way made himself, that some part of him stands where he can see the costume for what it is. Laughter was his proof that the doorway is a place a man can live and not only die.

The second was the wager itself, held lightly, for a lifetime. He watched his own science nearly become a canopy and pulled it down before it set. In the 1960s the young Berger believed the secularization thesis, the confident prediction that as the world modernized the gods would fade. It was the canopy of his guild, the thing the clever men around him took as nature, and for a while he stood under it. Then the world refused. Pentecostal churches filled in São Paulo and Seoul and Lagos. Political Islam rose. Hindu revival rose. The clever men kept predicting a twilight that would not come. A lesser scholar protects his canopy and explains away the facts. Berger walked out from under his own. He said in public that he had been wrong, that the mark of the modern age was not the death of God but a loud crowded market of gods, in which a man must choose his faith because he can no longer simply inherit it. He took the Greek for choice, hairein, the root of heresy, and said that modern man is condemned to be a heretic, condemned to choose. He had refused to let even his own life’s theory become the dome he hid under. That refusal is the clearest act of his hero system. The man who can abandon his own canopy in public, late in his career, with his name on the old prediction, is a man whose project is not any single world but the standing-outside that lets him judge them all.

Count the cost the way Becker would. The monk has his cell and his One and dies, he believes, into the arms of what does not pass. The trader has the number and the score at the bell. The surgeon has the save and the line he held. Each has a warm room and a clear answer and a death he has dressed in meaning. Berger gave all of that up. He chose the cold doorway and the homelessness he named, the permanent draft of a man who will not believe naively and will not disbelieve cheaply. What did he get for it. He got to be the one who saw the canopy is made and knelt anyway, with his eyes open, betting on the rumor without ever claiming to have heard the voice. That is a thinner consolation than the monk’s and a colder one. It is also, by its own lights, the only honest one, and a man can build a hero out of honesty as surely as out of sanctity or skill.

Peter Berger died in Brookline on a June morning in 2017, eighty-eight years from the Vienna of his birth and from the Jerusalem street where the four sounds first reached him. He had not settled which of them was true. He had done something harder and stranger with his life. He had shown the rest of us how each one builds the floor its men walk on, and why every man needs a floor, and what a man pays who chooses to live in the doorway with the floor in view and the draft on his neck. The word at the center of his work was the word those four sounds fought over on the morning in Jerusalem. Real. He left it open on purpose. He thought leaving it open was the bravest thing a modern man could do with it, and he made his bravery his immortality, and in that he was, by Becker’s measure, as much a hero of his own drama as the monk in the cell or the surgeon at the table. He only chose a colder room to be brave in, and called the cold the price of seeing straight.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, Berger’s career was a masterclass in inventing a massive conceptual problem, building an academic monopoly to solve it, and then pulling off a high-status strategic pivot when the data collapsed—all while keeping his seat at the top of the cultural hierarchy.

In The Sacred Canopy, Berger argued that religion is a historical shield built by humans to protect themselves from anomie—the terrifying threat of meaninglessness and chaos. He claimed that society creates a “sacred canopy” of religious myths to make the world look ordered and purposeful. For Berger, secularization was a crisis of understanding: as science poked holes in the canopy, modern man was left suffering from an existential deficit, resulting in a fractured “homeless mind.”

From Pinsof’s perspective, societies do not build religious institutions because they suffer from a cognitive panic over abstract meaninglessness. They build them to pool resources, police internal cheaters, draw borders, and crush rival tribes.

By framing religion as a psychological security blanket and secularization as a tragic loss of meaning, Berger created an essential market for the sociologist. He turned a raw, material struggle over political and cultural authority into a psychological and conceptual problem. If the crisis of modernity is that man’s mind is “homeless,” you do not need a politician or a general; you need an elite sociologist of religion to diagnose the cultural architecture and interpret the blueprint of the hole.

For decades, the secularization thesis—the idea that modernization automatically leads to the decline of religion—was the dominant orthodoxy among the academic elite. Berger was one of its primary architects. But in the late twentieth century, observing the rise of global evangelicalism and radical Islam, Berger did something rare for a major intellectual: he publicly admitted he was wrong, writing The Desecularization of the World (1999). Mainstream academics praised this as a beautiful display of intellectual honesty and scientific humility.

Pinsof’s logic reveals the raw status strategy behind this celebrated recantation. By 1999, the secularization thesis was dead on the ground, completely falsified by reality. An intellectual who clings to a dead theory loses market share and status.

By leading the charge to debunk his own theory, Berger successfully captured the market share of the counter-narrative. He did not lose prestige for being wrong; he extracted fresh prestige for being the guy brave enough to say he was wrong. He turned a massive analytical oversight into a premier moral signal, ensuring that whether the world was becoming secular or religious, the Center for the Study of Economic Culture at Boston University (which Berger directed) remained the indispensable hub for interpreting the data.

Later in his career, Berger became a sharp critic of what he called the “New Class”—the rising coalition of university-educated, secular professionals, bureaucrats, and managers who used state power and progressive ideologies to displace traditional working-class and religious values. He framed their progressive initiatives as a self-serving cultural imperialism that misunderstood the organic wisdom of regular communities.

Under Pinsof’s frame, Berger’s critique of the New Class was not an escape from coalitional warfare; it was an expert execution of it. Berger was a neoconservative intellectual using the language of sociology to execute a counter-raid against a rival elite faction.

By exposing the progressive bureaucracy’s “redefining of reality” as a self-serving play for power, Berger devalued their cultural currency. He positioned his own circle—the conservative, market-oriented intelligentsia—as the true defenders of ordinary humanity. He did not use sociology to strip away the illusion of status games; he used it as a sophisticated instrument to protect his own real estate, collecting credentials and influence while brilliantly supervising the view from his corner of the academic hierarchy.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

If Mearsheimer is right, his anthropology provides the exact same material correction to Peter L. Berger that it does to his co-author Thomas Luckmann.
Berger argues that society is a human product that protects individuals from the terrifying chaos of meaningless existence. Religion serves as the ultimate “sacred canopy”—a socially constructed shield of sacred meanings that projects human order into the universe, making the fragile rules of society seem permanent and divinely ordained. For Berger, human history is a constant struggle to build and maintain these meaning systems against the threat of anomie, which is a state of absolute normlessness and chaos.
Mearsheimer’s realism upends Berger’s sociology by swapping his psychological dread of meaninglessness for the physical dread of extinction.
Berger treats the creation of a sacred canopy as a cognitive defense mechanism against existential dread. Humans build religious and moral frameworks because they cannot tolerate a universe without meaning.
Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences reveals that the sacred canopy is not a psychological shield; it is a tactical weapon for group survival. Humans do not construct high-cohesion religious systems because they fear an abstract lack of meaning; they construct them because they operate in an anarchic world where they face real, predatory rival coalitions. A group needs an intense, unreflective ideological standard to enforce internal conformity, eliminate internal fractures, and maximize its collective material power.
The sacred canopy is the tool a tribe uses to manage its reputation and bind its members together so they will fight and die for the collective unit. Berger views religion as a projection of human meaning; realism shows it is the psychological armor required to optimize a human survival vehicle.
In his mid-career work, Berger focused heavily on secularization and pluralism, arguing that modern capitalism and urbanization inevitably fracture the sacred canopy. When different cultures and religious groups are forced to live together in a pluralistic society, they experience a crisis of belief. Because individuals are exposed to multiple, competing realities, their own beliefs lose their objective certainty and become choices. Berger viewed this pluralistic relativism as a defining, irreversible feature of modern consciousness.
Mearsheimer’s anthropology shows that Berger’s pluralistic relativism is a temporary luxury product, not a permanent evolution of human consciousness. The ability to live in a soft world where meanings are fluid, choices are privatized, and rival realities are tolerated depends entirely on a dominant, secure state vehicle that maintains material abundance and protects the perimeter.
The moment baseline security fractures or resource scarcity threatens the group, the illusion of choice vanishes. The social animal does not remain a detached, relativistic chooser. He drops his fluid identities and returns instantly to the primary, unreflective group loyalties infused during early childhood socialization. The sacred canopy does not stay fractured; it re-mobilizes with savage intensity because the unyielding realities of group competition force individuals to band together into high-cohesion tribes to survive.
Late in his life, Berger courageously reversed his own thesis in The Desecularization of the World (1999), admitting that the modern world was as furiously religious as it had ever been. He observed that conservative, evangelical, and fundamentalist movements were exploding globally, while mainstream, relativistic liberal religions were dying out. He analyzed this as a global counter-revolution against an elite, secular culture.
Mearsheimer’s realism provides the structural cause for the shift Berger observed. The global resurgence of intense, fundamentalist identity is the predictable response of the human animal to structural instability. As global empires shift and the international system faces competition between rival great powers, populations naturally shed the weak, cosmopolitan narratives of the secular elite. They return to traditional, high-cohesion tribal structures because those structures are optimized for conflict. The revival of religion that puzzled modern sociologists is simply the social animal sharpening its primary weapons of group solidarity to prepare for a world of raw competition.

Alliance Theory

Applying Alliance Theory to Austrian-born American sociologist and theologian Peter L. Berger treats his intellectual output as a sophisticated rhetorical apparatus. Rather than reflecting an objective unfolding of sociological and theological truth, his shifting theories operate as tools optimized to manage the reputation, rank, and survival of his intellectual and religious coalitions.
Along with Thomas Luckmann, Berger co-authored The Social Construction of Reality (1966). The text frames human institutions as “objectified” routines that individuals internalize to navigate social life.
Alliance Theory reinterprets this famous framework through a coalitional lens:
Growing up in Vienna under the threat of the Nazi Anschluss, Berger experienced the sudden, violent replacement of one dominant social structure by another. From the perspective of the paper, his resulting theory was not a detached observation of universal human behavior. It was an ad-hoc conceptual toolkit designed to rationalize how entirely different, conflicting belief systems can appear absolute to their respective groups.
The success of the book established a powerful network of similarity (shared structural terminology) and interdependence (academic prestige, citations, and student placement) among New School sociologists. By formulating an abstract theory that explained all societies as artificial social patchworks, Berger and his allies effectively raised their own group status. The theory elevated the sociologist into an elite observer who understands the mechanics of institutional illusions, giving their coalition competitive leverage over rival behavioral and materialist schools of thought.
Berger’s career is marked by a massive, high-profile shift in his stance on secularization. In The Sacred Canopy (1967), he initially argued that modernization inevitably leads to the decline of religion. By the late 1990s, he publicly recanted, writing that the world remained as furiously religious as ever.
In the 1960s, academic sociology was dominated by secular, highly educated intellectuals. Proposing secularization theory served as a strategic narrative for this expanding knowledge class. It used an attributional framework to position traditional religious belief as an outdated phase that would naturally disappear, thereby validating the social dominance and cultural sophistication of secular university elites.
As global religious movements expanded, the old secularization narrative suffered a massive reputation deficit. Human cognitive systems are designed to detect shifting coalitions and adapt. When Berger reversed his position, it was not a purely detached intellectual correction; it was a necessary realignment. By acknowledging the persistence of pluralism, Berger protected his prestige and established a new, highly resilient network. He went on to found the Institute on Culture, Religion, and World Affairs, securing fresh funding, institutional alliances, and cross-cutting support from religious and political actors who felt validated by his new stance.
In A Rumor of Angels (1969), written during the height of the “God is Dead” theological movement, Berger argued that ordinary human experiences—such as play, humor, and damnation—serve as “prototypes of transcendence” pointing toward the supernatural.
During the late 1960s, traditional Christian theologians felt structurally disadvantaged and defensive under the onslaught of secular academic criticism. Berger used his sociological status to hand his religious allies an effective defensive tool. By arguing that universal experiences like a mother comforting a frightened child are signals of a transcendent order, he provided a post-hoc moral rationalization for faith.
This framework allowed his religious coalition to reject the claim that they were irrational or obsolete. Instead, it permitted them to use a victim bias to portray secular skepticism as a narrow, elite distortion of everyday human experience. The moral and theological assertions operated as outward-facing propaganda designed to draw uncommitted third parties back to the side of religious belief.
Later in his career, Berger aligned closely with neoconservative intellectual networks, defending global capitalism in The Capitalist Revolution (1986) and collaborating with political actors to defend the traditional family structure.
This political turn demonstrates the paper’s emphasis on transitivity (“the enemy of my enemy is my friend”). Berger viewed radical left-wing cultural shifts and secular state regulation as threats to the traditional, mediating institutions (like families and churches) that sustain social order.
This caused him to enter a strategic alliance with business elites and conservative policymakers. While his earlier sociological work emphasized that all institutions are arbitrary social constructions, his later political work treated traditional social structures as indispensable for human thriving. Alliance Theory expects exactly this type of moral flexibility. The abstract principle of “social construction” was quietly set aside when it became necessary to generate protective narratives for his political and cultural allies.

The Hidden Object: Stephen Turner Against Peter Berger

Two men spent their careers on the same question and answered it in ways that cannot both be right. The question is old and simple to state. How does a shared world get inside a single head, and what keeps it there. Peter Berger answered that a society builds a common world, hands it to each new member through socialization, and maintains it in each head through the company a man keeps. Stephen P. Turner (b. 1951) answered that there is no common world to hand over, that the thing Berger names and leans on cannot survive a hard look, and that naming it explains nothing the naming did not smuggle in. Set the two side by side and you do not get a debate about emphasis. You get a fight over whether the central terms of Berger’s sociology point at anything at all.

Start with Berger at full strength, because a critique that does not first respect its target is a waste of paper. Berger’s account of belief turns on a few connected ideas. A worldview, he held, is not kept up inside a man by the force of its own truth. It is kept up by a social base that confirms it, a circle of people who take it as obvious and reflect it back to him in a thousand small exchanges. He called this base the plausibility structure. A Catholic in a Catholic village holds his faith without effort because everyone around him holds it, the calendar runs on it, the gossip assumes it, the priest is a fixture like the well. Move that same man to a city of strangers who find his faith quaint, and the faith does not refute itself, it thins. The confirming circle is gone, and with it the easy plausibility. Berger drew the lesson. Belief follows the company a man keeps more reliably than it follows the arguments he hears.

Beneath the plausibility structure sat a larger idea Berger took from his teacher and his coauthor, the social stock of knowledge. A society carries a vast inherited store of typifications, recipes for action, names for things, ways of carving up the day, and a child raised in that society takes the store in through socialization until it stops looking like a store and starts looking like the world. Berger called this taking-in internalization. The objective order outside the child becomes the subjective order inside him, and the match between the two is what lets a society run. The order then needs upkeep, and Berger named the chief route of upkeep with a word that has stuck. Ordinary conversation. The small talk of a marriage, an office, a congregation, keeps the shared world stitched together by referring to it, assuming it, taking it as given a hundred times a day without once defending it. Stop the conversation and the world it carried begins to come apart. A man alone too long among the wrong people loses the floor under his feet.

This is a powerful and humane body of work, and most of a reader’s experience seems to confirm it. We have all watched a conviction fade when the people who shared it scattered. We have all felt a belief firm up in a room full of fellow believers. Berger gave that common experience a vocabulary and a theory, and the theory reached far, into the sociology of religion, conversion, deconversion, sect and cult, the study of how worlds rise and fall in the heads of those who live in them.

Now bring in Turner, and bring him in where he lives, which is the question of whether these terms name causes or only rename effects. Turner’s central book on the matter is The Social Theory of Practices, and its target is a family of ideas larger than Berger’s but containing his. The family includes practices, paradigms, presuppositions, frameworks, background knowledge, the tacit dimension, and, by clear extension, the social stock of knowledge and the plausibility structure. What unites the family is explanation. We observe that many people behave alike. We then posit a shared hidden thing behind the likeness, a thing they all carry, and we credit the likeness to the shared thing. The practice, the framework, the stock of knowledge, the plausibility structure, each is offered as the common possession that accounts for the common performance.

Turner’s question is the one such accounts never answer. How does the shared thing get into each person, and how does it stay the same across them. Call it the acquisition problem. If a plausibility structure or a social stock of knowledge is a real object that many people hold in common, then each of them acquired it, and acquisition happens one nervous system at a time, through that person’s own history of training, correction, and habit. No two histories are identical. A man learns the catechism from a frightened mother, another from a bored schoolmaster, another from a charismatic priest. They end up performing alike at Mass. Turner’s point is that you cannot read back from the likeness of the performance to a sameness of the thing inside. The outward match is real. The inner shared object is a guess, and a guess that does no work, because the individual habits, each formed by its own causal path, already produce the behavior the shared object was invoked to explain.

Press this against Berger’s terms one at a time and the trouble surfaces. Take the plausibility structure first. Berger says a belief stays plausible while its plausibility structure holds and fades when the structure weakens. Ask what the plausibility structure is, as a cause, apart from the people who confirm the belief, and there is no answer that adds anything. The plausibility structure turns out to be a name for the confirming company, and the claim that the structure sustains the belief turns out to be the observation that the man kept believing while the people around him kept confirming and stopped when they stopped. The noun promised a cause. It delivered a relabeling of the thing to be explained. Turner’s charge is not that Berger is wrong about the company a man keeps. The charge is that Berger dressed a description as an explanation and gave the dress a technical name.

Take the social stock of knowledge. Berger speaks of it as one store, held in common, drawn on by all competent members. Turner asks where this single store is kept. Not in any one head, for no head holds the whole. Not in the books, for the store is supposed to be the living tacit thing, the part nobody writes down. The store exists, on inspection, as a population of individuals each carrying his own partial and idiosyncratic set of habits and typifications, overlapping with his neighbors enough for traffic to flow. The overlap is real and worth study. The single shared stock above the overlap is a projection, a way of talking about the overlap as if it were a thing in its own right hovering over the town. Berger needed the store to be one thing so that internalization could be the taking-in of that one thing. Turner denies there is one thing to take in.

That brings the blade to internalization, the word that does the most quiet work in Berger and survives the least scrutiny. Internalization names a transfer. The outer order goes in and becomes the inner order. But a transfer needs a route and a guarantee of fidelity, and Berger supplies neither. What route carries the order inward, and what keeps the copy in this child faithful to the copy in that one, so that the two grow up sharing a world rather than two private muddles that happen to coincide at the surface. Turner’s answer is that there is no transfer and no copy. There is a child, a stream of corrections and rewards, and a set of habits that settle into shapes useful enough to pass. Internalization is a metaphor that hides the missing account. It pictures society pouring itself into the child like water into a jug, and the picture feels right because we have all been shaped by those around us, but the picture is not a theory, and where Berger treats it as a theory he is owed a causal story he does not pay.

Even conversation, Berger’s most concrete and most defensible idea, does not escape. Conversation is observable, which is its strength, and Turner has no quarrel with the claim that people who talk together come to resemble one another in what they take for granted. His quarrel is with what Berger builds on top of the talk. Berger treats the talk as the carrier of a shared reality, as though the words moved a single object back and forth between the speakers and kept it polished. Turner sees two people each running his own habits, each taking from the same words a slightly different uptake, each confirmed in his own settled responses by the other’s settled responses. Identical sentences land differently in different histories. The conversation maintains each speaker’s habits. It does not maintain a shared third thing floating between them, because there is no third thing, only the two of them and the useful illusion, projected by the observer, that their agreement is the surfacing of a common possession.

This is the argument at its sharpest, and a fair reader will want Berger’s best reply. He has three.

The first is genre. Berger might say that he never claimed to be writing causal science of the kind Turner demands. He was a phenomenologist by training, schooled by Schutz, and his task was to describe how the social world appears from inside a life, how reality feels given and solid to the man living it, how that solidity firms and fades with company. Description of experience is not causal explanation and need not answer the acquisition problem, because it never claimed to find a hidden cause. It reported a texture. Turner’s scalpel, on this reply, is aimed at a claim Berger did not make.

The second is the route. Where Turner asks for a transmission route and finds none, Berger can point at conversation and say there it is, the route you wanted, plain and observable, no hidden object required. The shared world passes from old to young and is kept up among peers through the endless low traffic of talk. That is not a metaphor. It is a fact about how people spend their days.

The third is the lowering of the bar. Berger need not claim that the world inside one head is identical to the world inside another. He need only claim that the worlds are close enough to let a marriage, a parish, a market function. Functional likeness, not photographic sameness, is all his theory ever required, and functional likeness is exactly what shared upbringing and shared talk produce.

Each reply has force, and Turner has a rejoinder to each.

To the genre defense Turner answers that Berger does not stay in the descriptive lane he claims. He crosses into causal ground in nearly every chapter. The moment Berger says a belief fades because its plausibility structure weakened, he has stated a cause and an effect and a relation between them, and that is a causal claim, owed a causal account, however phenomenological the surrounding prose. A man may announce that he is only describing the weather and then tell you the storm caused the flood. The announcement does not unmake the causal claim. Berger’s books are full of such crossings, and at each one the bill comes due.

To the route defense Turner answers that conversation as a route still does not deliver a shared object, only a population of separately habituated speakers. The route is real and the object is still missing. Talk shapes each talker. It does not lift a common possession from one mind into another, because the receiving mind does not receive an object, it adjusts a habit, and the adjustment is governed by the receiver’s own history, not by the sender’s content. Two men can leave the same conversation having confirmed incompatible understandings, each feeling confirmed. The route carries words. It does not carry the world Berger needs it to carry.

To the lowered bar Turner answers that functional likeness, while real, is still likeness of performance, and the quarrel was about whether likeness of performance licenses a shared inner object. Lower the bar from sameness to functional closeness and you have described the outcome more modestly, but you have not produced the collective entity. You have conceded, in fact, the very point. If all you can claim is that people behave compatibly enough to get along, then the plausibility structure and the social stock of knowledge have shrunk from causes of behavior to summaries of it, and a summary is not a thing that does work in the world. It is a name for the work already done by individuals each going his own habituated way.

So what survives. Berger’s central observation survives. People do hold beliefs more firmly in confirming company and lose them in hostile or empty company, and the company predicts the belief better than the argument does. That finding stands, and Turner has no need to deny it. But it survives as a claim about individuals and their histories of interaction, not as evidence for a collective object hovering above them. The man isolated from his fellow believers loses his faith because his own habits of belief, formed and fed by a particular stream of confirmation, decay when the confirmation stops. No plausibility structure as a separate cause is required to say this, and adding one explains nothing the individual story did not already explain.

What does not survive is the theoretical building Berger raised on the observation. The single shared world, the one social stock of knowledge, the plausibility structure as a cause in its own right, the internalization that pours the outer order into the inner man, these are the hidden objects of Turner’s critique, and Berger gives them no account that meets the acquisition problem. At his best Berger is a great reporter of how the social world feels from inside, and as a reporter he is hard to beat. The trouble is that he wrote as a causal sociologist of belief, made causal claims on every other page, and built those claims on collective entities that cannot bear the weight, because there is no coherent story of how a collective entity gets into many separate heads and stays the same across them. Turner did not refute Berger’s eye. He refuted Berger’s nouns.

The clash is finally one of temperament, and the temperaments explain the convictions. Berger needed the shared world to be real. He had reverence in him, for the sacred, for institutions, for the canopy a people raises over its own head, and a man with that reverence wants the common world to be a thing and not a trick of the observer’s eye. Turner has the opposite cast of mind, a long suspicion of the collective noun, a habit of asking of every grand social entity whether it names a cause or merely renames the puzzle it was hired to solve. Run that habit across Berger’s vocabulary and most of the vocabulary comes back as renaming. The world a man lives in feels given, solid, shared, and old. Berger trusted the feeling and built a sociology to honor it. Turner trusted the question instead, and the question, pressed all the way down, finds individuals and their histories and the talk between them, and no shared object anywhere, only the strong and useful impression of one.

The Defensible Middle: Peter Berger in the Field

Peter Berger held a position that should have been impossible to defend. He was friendly to religion in a discipline that treated religiosity as a thing to explain rather than to share. He defended capitalism in an academy tilting left. He refused relativism while the constructionist current he had helped launch ran fast toward the strong versions he would not endorse. By the ordinary logic of an academic career, a man so out of step with the people who controlled the journals and the appointments should have ended on the margin. He ended instead with an endowed institute, a transnational research network, a public following, and a place in the discipline’s canon. Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) gives us the tools to see why the impossible position was the strong one, and why the moderation that looked like weakness paid.

A field is a structured space of positions organized around a stake and a kind of capital. The academic field runs on symbolic capital, the recognition of peers, consecration by institutions, the authority to say what counts as knowledge. The religious field runs on its own capital, the authority to pronounce on the sacred. The field of power, where money and politics and philanthropy meet, runs on capital convertible into influence. Each field has a pole of autonomy, where the field’s own people set the rules and reward the field’s own virtues, and a pole of heteronomy, where outside powers press in, money, the state, the mass audience. Every move an agent makes inside a field, a book, a stance, an alliance, is a position-taking, and its meaning is relational. A stance does not mean the same thing in a crowded part of the field as in an empty one. It means what it means against the full array of other stances a man might have taken and other men did take. Bourdieu adds one more term that keeps the account from cynicism. The habitus is the set of durable dispositions a man carries from his trajectory, the feel for the game he acquired before he could name it. The habitus generates moves that fit a field without the agent calculating the fit. A man does not scheme his way to his positions. He finds them obvious, and the field rewards or punishes the obviousness.

Berger came out of Vienna by way of exile, a refugee child in Palestine, an immigrant to New York, schooled first for the Lutheran ministry and only then for sociology, trained at the end under Schutz in a European phenomenology that the empirical American mainstream found foreign. That trajectory laid down a set of dispositions out of phase with the dominant habitus of postwar American sociology. He carried a theological seriousness, a literary breadth, a mandarin distaste for the bureaucratic survey, and a refugee’s settled distrust of every politics that promised heaven on earth. A man so formed could not feel at home at the autonomous center of his discipline, where the rewards went to method and to the political commitments the field increasingly shared. His dispositions fitted him instead for the borders, the places where sociology touches theology, philosophy, the public magazine, the policy debate. He did not choose the overlap as a clever man chooses a market opening. His habitus delivered him there, and the structure of the fields then did the rest.

He arrived at the overlap holding one enormous asset. In 1966 he and Luckmann published The Social Construction of Reality, and the book consecrated him. It made him a founder, and founder is the most durable position a field offers, because the field cannot disown the man who gave it a vocabulary without disowning the vocabulary. Whatever Berger did afterward, the discipline could not file him as a crank, because the discipline taught his book. This is the capital that everything later converts, and field theory tells us to watch how a man converts a founding stock of recognition once the movement he founded begins to move without him.

It moved toward relativism. The strong program, the linguistic turn, the harder forms of constructionism that read all knowledge as the play of power and convention, these claimed to be the rigorous extension of the insight Berger had popularized. Here the field handed Berger a choice that was also a position-taking. He could follow the radicalization and become one voice among many at a crowded and self-undermining pole, or he could refuse it. He refused. He held the line he had drawn in 1966, that physical reality stands whether or not men believe in it and only the social world is made, and he watched the radicals erase the line. By refusing, he did not retreat from the field. He occupied a position almost no one else could hold, the consecrated founder of constructionism who is also its sober critic, the man who can say to the relativists that he was there at the start and this is not what the start meant. The refusal cost him at the most fashionable pole. It paid everywhere else, because it made him the constructionist a religious thinker could cite, the constructionist an opponent of postmodernism could enlist, the reasonable man in a quarrel full of extremists. A conservation strategy, in Bourdieu’s terms, the defense of an original orthodoxy against heirs who claim to extend it, executed by the one man whose founding credit made the defense unanswerable.

His openness to religion works the same way across a different boundary. At the autonomous pole of a secular discipline, to take transcendence seriously is to import a foreign value, to let the religious field press in where it does not belong. Berger did it anyway, in A Rumor of Angels and across his work, keeping the question of God open and calling the openness honesty. Inside sociology this is heteronomy, a leakage from outside, and it cost him standing among colleagues for whom the secular frame was the price of admission. But capital lost in one field can be capital gained in an adjacent one. Berger’s religious seriousness was exactly the asset that gave him purchase in the religious field and the public field, where a consecrated sociologist willing to treat faith as more than pathology was rare and valuable. He converted a liability at the secular pole into a large holding next door. A man dominated in one field improves his position by activating capital that the neighboring field will honor, and Berger’s career is a study in that conversion.

The defense of capitalism follows the same logic into the field of power. The Capitalist Revolution argued that markets are the great engine of rising living standards and that they rest on cultural goods, trust, family, voluntary cooperation. Inside the left-leaning academy this was heterodoxy verging on heresy. Inside the field of power, the foundations and think tanks and business-funded institutes, it was something close to orthodoxy, and it was convertible into the heteronomous capital that funds chairs and centers and conferences. The stance that subtracted from his standing at the autonomous-left pole added to his standing where the money was, and the money builds the bases from which a man can act with a freedom the salary line never gives him.

The alliance with Neuhaus is a coalition across fields, and Bourdieu reads alliances as strategies for accumulating the social capital that a lone position cannot generate. To Empower People and its thesis of mediating structures linked Berger to the rising network of religious and conservative public intellectuals, the world that would later run its own journals and institutes and consecrate its own people. The mediating-structures argument is legible and prized in the policy and communitarian field, less so in pure sociology, and the alliance with a churchman moving rightward tied Berger into a web of recognition and funding that the discipline alone would never have extended. He did not have to leave sociology to gain it. He had only to take a position the adjacent network could embrace, and the network embraced the man along with the position.

The founding of CURA in 1985 is the clearest strategic act of all. An agent who cannot dominate the existing field, and who carries a kind of capital the field’s gatekeepers undervalue, can build a new sub-field with its own rules of consecration. Berger founded an institute, drew foundation money into it, and turned that heteronomous capital into fellowships, conferences, more than a hundred research projects, and the standing to consecrate other scholars on terms he set. The institute freed him from dependence on the disciplinary hierarchy. The chairmen of sociology departments did not decide whether his interdisciplinary work on religion and economic culture counted, because he had built a house where it counted by definition, and where he held the keys. Bourdieu would call this the creation of a position of consecration, a base from which a man valorizes his own form of capital and distributes recognition to others, accumulating social and symbolic capital that the central field cannot tax or veto. A scholar who builds his own institute has stopped playing only by the field’s rules and started writing some of his own.

The reversal on secularization carries the highest symbolic yield, because it presents as pure intellectual honesty and field theory teaches us to look hardest at the moves that present that way. By the 1990s the secularization thesis had become the doxa of the secular academy, the undiscussed assumption that modernity drains the gods away. Berger recanted it in public, with his own name on the old prediction, and said the mark of the age is not the death of God but a crowded market of faiths. The recantation was heterodox against the academic doxa, which distinguished him and drew attention. It aligned him with the obvious facts of a world where religion was rising rather than fading, and so it looked like courage in the service of truth. In fields that run on symbolic capital, the largest profit goes to the move that appears most disinterested, and a public confession of one’s own past error is the most disinterested-looking move a scholar can make. Bourdieu called this the interest in disinterestedness. The field is built so that honesty of this kind pays a symbolic dividend, and that Berger, by habitus a man who prized following the evidence, made the move his dispositions made natural and collected the dividend the structure had waiting. A lesser-placed scholar who recanted would have looked merely wrong. The founder who recants looks brave, because the founding credit converts the admission of error into a deposit of authority.

Why did the moderation pay. Field theory answers through the shape of the space of positions. The radical-relativist pole was crowded, fashionable, and quietly self-destroying, since a thoroughgoing relativism corrodes its own claim to be knowledge. The dogmatic-secularist pole was the orthodoxy, well defended and fully staffed. Between them lay a stretch of the space that almost no one of standing occupied, the position of the consecrated founder of constructionism who is anti-relativist, friendly to faith, friendly to markets, and moderate in politics. That position was defensible in the precise sense the word carries in a field of forces. Attacks from any single direction could be parried with capital drawn from another. Charge Berger with selling out the secular discipline, and he answers with the book that founded a discipline. Charge him with crypto-conservatism, and he answers with the civil-rights record and the opposition to Vietnam and the lifelong distrust of certainty on every side. Charge him with being a religious apologist, and he answers that he never closed the question and never claimed to have heard the voice. The man who draws capital from several fields cannot be cornered in one, and the lightly occupied middle, far from the soft place it looks, is the square on the board that the most pieces defend. Moderation paid because it was the optimal strategy for an agent with his particular endowment, the founding credit, the theological standing, the foreign habitus, the convertibility across borders. It only looks like a free-floating virtue. Read positionally, it is the move the structure rewarded most.

Posted in Sociology | Comments Off on Worlds Men Build: The Sociology of Peter L. Berger

David Armitage and the History of Political Thought

David Armitage (born February 1, 1965) is a British historian of intellectual history, international history, Atlantic history, global history, and the history of political thought. He holds the Lloyd C. Blankfein Professorship of History at Harvard University, where he has taught since 2004 and where he has twice chaired the Department of History. Across three decades he has done as much as any scholar of his generation to move the history of political ideas out of the national container and into imperial, oceanic, and global frames. His method joins close archival and textual work to a wide comparative reach, and it treats concepts such as sovereignty, empire, independence, and civil war as products of exchange across languages and political systems rather than as inventions of single nations.

He was born in Stockport, England, and educated at Stockport Grammar School and then at St Catharine’s College, University of Cambridge. He read English as an undergraduate, taking a Bachelor of Arts in 1986 and a Master of Arts in 1990. His first scholarly ambitions lay in literature. He began doctoral research on the classical sources of William Shakespeare (1564-1616) and the English neoclassical poets, and his interests turned during that work toward the political writings of John Milton (1608-1674) and the link between republicanism and empire. The shift carried him out of literature and into history. On a Harkness Fellowship he suspended the doctorate and retrained as a historian at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, where he absorbed the methods of Quentin Skinner (born 1940) and the Cambridge School of the history of political thought. He completed his PhD in History at Cambridge in 1992 while holding a Research Fellowship at Emmanuel College. In 2015 Cambridge awarded him its senior doctorate, the Doctor of Letters.

He taught at Columbia University in New York for eleven years before moving to Harvard in 2004. At Harvard he has chaired the Department of History and now chairs the Committee on Degrees in Social Studies. He sits as an Affiliated Professor in the Department of Government, an Affiliated Faculty Member at Harvard Law School, and a Senior Scholar of the Harvard Academy for International and Area Studies. He has held the Pitt Professorship of American History and Institutions at Cambridge in 2018 and 2019 and visiting and research positions in Australia, Britain, China, France, Germany, South Korea, and the United States. He holds honorary professorships at the University of Sydney and Queen’s University Belfast and an Honorary Fellowship of St Catharine’s College, Cambridge. He divides his home between Cambridge, Massachusetts, and London. He was married to the Harvard historian Joyce Chaplin.

His scholarly standing carries the usual marks of recognition. He is a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society, a Fellow of the Australian Academy of the Humanities, a Corresponding Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, and a Member of Academia Europaea. The National Maritime Museum in London awarded him its Caird Medal in 2006, and Harvard named him a Walter Channing Cabot Fellow in 2008 for eminence in literature, history, or art.

Armitage drew wide attention with his first monograph, The Ideological Origins of the British Empire (2000), which won the Longman and History Today Book of the Year Award. Accounts of imperial expansion had leaned on economics and military power. Armitage argued that the British Empire grew first as an idea, out of debates over sovereignty, commerce, Protestantism, and constitutional order. He drew on classical republicanism, the common law, and Protestant political theology to reconstruct the arguments that made an empire thinkable in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and he separated ideological, dynastic, and commercial models of empire while holding that the ideological model, with its language of liberty and Protestant constitutionalism, shaped English overseas ambition more than trade alone. The book moved the study of empire from colonial administration toward the political languages that justified it.

Rather than study Britain alone, Armitage became one of the architects of Atlantic history. He pressed the case that political, intellectual, and commercial worlds linked Europe, Africa, and the Americas in a single arena, and that ideas, institutions, and constitutional practices crossed the ocean in ways no national narrative can hold. He also gave the field part of its method by distinguishing three approaches: circum-Atlantic history, which reads the ocean basin as one connected system; trans-Atlantic history, which compares societies across the ocean; and cis-Atlantic history, which sets a single place within its wider Atlantic context. The threefold scheme has become a standard reference point for historians of the Atlantic world.

He reached a broader public with The Declaration of Independence: A Global History (2007), chosen as a Times Literary Supplement Book of the Year. The book refused to read the American Declaration as a singular national act. Armitage traced more than a hundred later declarations of independence across Latin America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, and he showed how the document of 1776 became a model for asserting sovereignty across the modern world. He read it less as a charter of popular rights than as an act of state, a claim to a place among the powers of the earth. The argument drew criticism. David Hendrickson and Arnaldo Testi held that he undervalued the Declaration’s claims about popular sovereignty and equality, and Tiziano Bonazzi held that he overstated the uniformity of the global movement toward statehood. The exchange showed the reach of the argument as much as its limits. The book also displayed his signature method, which follows the changing meanings of a single text as it travels across centuries and continents.

Armitage has held throughout his career that intellectual history must cross national lines. He studies how concepts migrate among languages, empires, and political systems, and he counts among the leading advocates of an international intellectual history. His essay collection Foundations of Modern International Thought (2013) gathered much of this work, with sustained attention to Hugo Grotius (1583-1645), Thomas Hobbes (1588-1679), John Locke (1632-1704), and other early modern writers whose arguments shaped international law and imperial rule.

He has carried historical inquiry past the Atlantic as well. The co-edited Pacific Histories: Ocean, Land, People (2014), with Alison Bashford, helped establish Pacific history as a field of transnational scholarship by reading the Pacific as an arena that joins continents, empires, peoples, and ecologies. With his Atlantic work and the later Oceanic Histories (2018), edited with Bashford and Sujit Sivasundaram, the volume reflects a wider commitment to writing history through connected oceanic and global frames.

A new methodological intervention came with The History Manifesto (2014), written with Jo Guldi and named a New Statesman Book of the Year. The book attacked the narrowing of academic history into short time spans and small questions, and it called historians back to the longue durée, the study of long processes that run across centuries. Armitage and Guldi urged greater use of digital methods and large bodies of evidence to address present problems such as climate change, inequality, and governance. The book set off an international argument over historical method and the public role of the historian, and it became one of the decade’s defining statements on the direction of the discipline.

Civil war has become a further focus. In Civil Wars: A History in Ideas (2017) Armitage traced the concept of civil war from ancient Rome to the present and asked how societies have struggled to mark off civil war from rebellion, revolution, insurgency, and secession. Joining classical scholarship, political theory, legal history, and international relations, he showed how shifting understandings of internal conflict have shaped both domestic politics and international law.

Much of this work bears the stamp of the Cambridge School, and of Skinner and J. G. A. Pocock (1924-2023) in particular. Like them, Armitage recovers the historical meanings of political language within its own setting. He has widened their approach by embedding political thought in imperial, Atlantic, oceanic, and global histories, and his scholarship moves among intellectual, constitutional, diplomatic, legal, imperial, and global history while holding that political ideas develop through contact among societies rather than within sealed national traditions.

He has also become an influential voice on method itself. In essays such as “Are We All Global Historians Now?” and “The International Turn in Intellectual History,” and in lectures on six continents, he has argued that global history should complement national and regional histories rather than replace them, illuminating the networks, comparisons, and movements that join local experience to larger transformations. His collaborative editing carries the same vision, with volumes on empire, political thought, Atlantic and oceanic history, Shakespeare and politics, revolutions, and peace. He co-edits the Cambridge University Press series Ideas in Context and Cambridge Oceanic Histories and has served as a Syndic of Harvard University Press.

Armitage is the author or editor of some nineteen books, many translated into more than a dozen languages. His current projects extend his range without leaving its center: a scholarly edition of John Locke’s colonial writings, a global history of treaty-making and treaty-breaking since the seventeenth century, and a set of essays on opera and international law. The list reads as eclectic, yet a single interest runs through it, the historical life of political ideas across cultures and centuries.

His writing joins close textual reading to wide chronological and geographic scope. He moves among classical political theory, Renaissance humanism, Enlightenment philosophy, imperial administration, constitutional development, and modern international law, reconstructing the long histories through which concepts gather new meanings. His influence reaches past history into law, political science, international relations, and political theory. By holding archival rigor and broad interpretive ambition together, David Armitage stands among the foremost historians of political thought and of global historical processes at work in the twenty-first century.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

If Mearsheimer is right, his realism slices through Armitage’s globalized intellectual history.
Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences places independent reason and legal texts last among human motivations, falling far behind the unreflective survival instincts of the group. States do not adjust their behavior because they are participating in a long, sophisticated intellectual tradition. The international legal principles Armitage chronicles are the ideological standards used by dominant coalitions to codify their material advantages, manage their reputations, and enforce order on weaker rivals. When an existential threat emerges, the shared legal heritage Armitage documents is dropped within seconds. A state will violate any treaty or break any international norm to secure its survival, proving that the intellectual network is a secondary byproduct of elite interaction rather than a real barrier against power.
Mearsheimer’s realism says language does not create the material reality of war; material reality drives the use of language. A civil war does not explode because a population has succumbed to a particular Roman conceptual lineage or an ideological misreading. Internal conflict erupts when the central state vehicle loses its monopoly on power and can no longer enforce internal conformity. In the resulting domestic anarchy, citizens instantly fall back on the unreflective group identities infused during early childhood socialization. They form armed factions to contest status and resources because they can no longer rely on the state for protection. The definitions elites fight over on the international stage are merely tactical instruments used to manage reputations and solicit foreign resources, not the cause of the violence.
Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences reveals that people do not navigate historical crises by consulting centuries-old conceptual genealogies. The intense value infusion an individual receives during childhood socialization ties his worldview to the immediate survival needs of his contemporary group.
Armitage’s transnational conversations do not represent a departure from tribal logic; they are the ideological standards used to enforce conformity within the Western alliance and to police the behavior of external rivals. This global seminar remains stable only as long as a hegemonic state possesses the overwhelming material power to guarantee security. The moment a systemic crisis or a real shift in global power occurs, the thin, rational bonds of the international intellectual community dissolve, and its members instantly return to the protective defense setups of their respective national survival vehicles.
Armitage’s Declaration of Independence: A Global History traces the worldwide career of a claim that every people may assume a separate and equal station among the powers of the earth, and his Foundations of Modern International Thought tracks the rights and the law that aspire to bind all men everywhere. Mearsheimer says that liberalism’s premise that everyone on the planet holds the same inalienable rights is false to human nature. Men are particular before they are universal. They belong to this group, against that one, and the universal address is a hope laid over a tribal animal. Samuel Moyn (b. 1972), whom Mearsheimer quotes, describes human rights as the most elevated aspiration of social movements and states, language that evokes hope and provokes action. Aspiration and hope, not description. If Mearsheimer is right, the planetary spread Armitage charts is not an idea recognizing its own truth across borders. It is a European product carried abroad on liberal confidence, taken up where it served a particular people’s bid for standing and ignored or inverted where it did not. The reach of the Declaration measures the reach of liberal power and liberal optimism, not the universality of the right it proclaims.
Armitage’s method, inherited from the Cambridge School, recovers what a writer was doing with arguments in his context, on the premise that arguments are the substance of political life and that recovering them explains the politics. Mearsheimer says the arguments come after socialization, and socialization comes after the survival value of belonging to a group. A man does not reason his way to his nation. He is born into it and finds the reasons later. So the genealogies Armitage reconstructs, the passage of a concept from one thinker to the next to the colonial drafters, record the justifications men gave, while the attachments those justifications dressed came from a place the genealogy never looks, the nursery and the tribe rather than the library.
Armitage’s History Manifesto calls historians back to the long migration of big concepts on the premise that tracing sovereignty or international order across centuries lets a society learn from the deep past and steer its future. Mearsheimer’s hierarchy makes that continuity a scholarly mirage. Men do not navigate a crisis by consulting a centuries-old conceptual lineage. The value infusion of childhood ties a man’s worldview to the present needs of his group, and when the moment comes he acts from that, not from a tradition he could not recite. The apparent continuity of ideas across the centuries records what scholars notice in the archive.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, Armitage’s vast, high-altitude history is the ultimate macro-level deployment of the misunderstanding myth. His work implies that the world is in chaos because we have forgotten how to read our own blueprints.
In The History Manifesto, he argues that the discipline of history had fallen into a crisis of short-termism. They asserted that by focusing on narrow micro-histories, historians had yielded public influence to short-sighted economists and data scientists. They called for a return to grand, centuries-spanning historical analysis to help international bodies solve massive, long-term global problems.
From Pinsof’s perspective, this manifesto is a corporate restructuring plan masquerading as civic urgency. The short-sightedness of politicians and corporate leaders is not an analytical error caused by a lack of historical data. Politicians operate on short timelines because their primary incentive is winning the next zero-sum election; corporate leaders operate on quarterly timelines to secure capital and outcompete rivals.
The Manifesto does not merely oversell understanding. It manufactures the demand it proposes to fill, and the cure has a price, and the price names the beneficiary. This is the misunderstanding myth at its most lucrative, a deficit diagnosed by the man holding the remedy.
By framing these structural incentives as a cognitive failure of “short-termism,” Armitage creates a premium market for his own class. He tells the global elite: “The economists cannot save you; you need the Harvard history department to chart the multi-century trajectory of your institutions.” It turns a raw, systemic struggle for immediate power into a lack of historical perspective that only a senior professor can cure.
In Foundations of Modern International Thought, Armitage maps how early modern thinkers like Hugo Grotius, Thomas Hobbes, and John Locke built the intellectual frameworks for international law, sovereignty, and the law of nations. His work operates on the assumption that international relations are governed by a grand, evolving dialogue about legal concepts and rights.
Pinsof’s logic reveals that state actors, colonizers, and empires of the early modern world used the language of Grotius and Locke as high-status clubs to smash their competitors.
International law allowed European states to justify the violent expropriation of land, resources, and bodies under a highly moralistic, legalistic pretext. Armitage documents this lineage as an intellectual evolution, but he is actually tracing the history of how a rising class of educated lawyers and advisors provided the necessary paperwork for raw, Darwinian expansion.
In Civil Wars: A History in Ideas (2017), Armitage examines how the definition of “civil war” has shifted since ancient Rome. He argues that by studying shifting definitions, we can better understand contemporary global confusions.
Under Pinsof’s frame, this thesis gets the causality backward. People do not fight civil wars because they disagree on the definition of Roman bellum civile. They fight civil wars because rival coalitions are locked in a zero-sum, bloody competition over the coercive apparatus of the state.
The semantic gymnastics over whether a conflict is an “insurgency,” a “revolution,” or a “civil war” are just the tactical weapons used by the combatants and their elite allies to maximize their chances of winning. By framing these existential, life-or-death struggles as a semantic and conceptual problem with a long lineage, Armitage neutralizes the terrifying reality of human aggression. He takes raw, tribal slaughter and repackages it as a text-based puzzle, ensuring that the elite scholar remains the indispensable arbiter who handles the definitive interpretation of the hole.

Position and Position-Taking: David Armitage and the Field of Historical Production

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) read intellectual life as a field, a structured space of positions held together by competition for a scarce good he called symbolic capital, the recognized authority to say what counts as knowledge. The field runs on a founding belief, that the game concerns ideas and not power, and on a disposition Bourdieu named the illusio, the felt conviction that the stakes are worth pursuing. Disinterestedness is the field’s official creed. It is also its most effective strategy, since the agent who appears to want nothing but the truth accumulates the most credit. Read through Homo Academicus and The Rules of Art, the career of David Armitage offers an example of these laws at work because high autonomy fields reward the qualities he has, and convert them into rank.
Begin with the trajectory. A grammar school in Stockport, then Cambridge English, install a literary habitus, a set of trained dispositions for reading texts closely and hearing their music. The conversion to history comes through an apprenticeship rather than a syllabus. On a Harkness Fellowship he leaves the doctorate, retrains at Princeton, and falls under Skinner and the Cambridge School. What he acquires there is not a doctrine so much as a craft passed from hand to hand, the feel for recovering the political language of the past in its own setting. Bourdieu would call this the embodiment of the field’s specific capital, carried in the body as tact and judgment before it appears on the page. The Cambridge doctorate, the Research Fellowship at Emmanuel, the later LittD, the fellowships of the learned societies, the Caird Medal, the Cabot Fellowship, the Pitt Professorship: each is an act of consecration, a moment when an authorized body certifies that the holder possesses the capital the field values. Skinner and the school function here as agents of consecration. To be their student is to inherit a portion of their accumulated credit.
The major books read as position-takings, what Bourdieu called prises de position, moves an agent makes from the position he occupies to alter the space around him. The Ideological Origins of the British Empire stakes a claim against the reigning account, which explained empire through trade and force. By arguing that empire grew first as an idea, Armitage opens a position at the more autonomous pole of the field, the pole where ideas, not material interest, do the explaining, and that pole confers the higher prestige. His work on Atlantic history goes further. To supply a field with its categories, the circum-Atlantic, the trans-Atlantic, the cis-Atlantic, is to occupy its center, since later entrants must use the vocabulary the namer provides. The Declaration of Independence: A Global History takes a position against American exceptionalism and opens transnational ground where younger scholars might settle. The international turn works the same way. A scholar who declares a new terrain creates what Bourdieu called a space of possibles, a set of available moves, and the one who maps the terrain holds the advantage on it.
The History Manifesto, a call to abandon short-range monographs for the longue durée, addressed to climate and inequality and governance, is part of a struggle over the field’s principle of vision, an attempt to say what history is for and which work deserves esteem. The book set off an international argument because it touched the stakes directly. A push toward present usefulness pulls the discipline toward its heteronomous pole, the pole governed by demands from outside, from funders and publics and the state, and away from the autonomy that grants scholarship its dignity. The tension is productive because a field renews its claim to autonomy in part by periodically asserting its relevance, and the agent who leads that assertion gathers capital of both kinds.
Then the loop closes. The consecrated becomes the consecrator. Armitage co-edits Ideas in Context, the series the Cambridge School built, and so decides which new work enters the canon his own teachers defined. He sits as a Syndic of Harvard University Press, chairs the Department of History, chairs the Committee on Degrees in Social Studies, and trains the graduate students who carry the habitus forward. Bourdieu’s account of the academic field turns on this reproduction. The field survives by manufacturing successors who embody its dispositions and who will, in time, certify the next cohort. To hold the editorial pen and the committee chair is to hold the levers of consecration, to convert one’s own symbolic capital into the power to distribute it.
The chair repays the longest look, because it shows the conversion of capital. The seat is the Lloyd C. Blankfein Professorship of History, endowed in 2004 by Lloyd Blankfein (b. 1954), the chairman and chief executive of Goldman Sachs from 2006 to 2018, the banker who once described his work as doing God’s work. Armitage has held it since 2007. Here financial capital passes into symbolic capital and back into authority. A fortune made in fixed income and commodities becomes an endowed chair at the oldest American university, and the chair in turn consecrates the scholar who occupies it, whose pronouncements now carry the weight of the institution and, in the name attached to his title, the trace of the donor. Bourdieu read the gift as exchange whose interested character is misrecognized by both parties, which is what lets it function as a gift. The endowment follows that logic. It launders money into legitimacy, and it does so under the sign of disinterested love of learning, the donor’s stated reverence for history, a subject he studied as a Social Studies concentrator before he studied markets. The detail tightens the loop, since Armitage chairs the very Committee on Degrees in Social Studies through which Blankfein once passed. A working-class boy from Brooklyn converts a scholarship into a Harvard degree, the degree into a career in finance, the finance into a fortune, and the fortune into a chair that bears his name and underwrites a scholar of empire, liberty, and commerce.
So the career reads as a textbook passage through the laws of the academic field. A habitus formed in school and refined by apprenticeship. A series of consecrations that certify the capital acquired. A run of positions that open ground and seize its center. A move from consecrated to consecrating, with the editorial seat and the committee chair to prove it. And beneath it all a chair whose name records, in three words, the conversion of Wall Street money into scholarly authority, the apparatus resting on a shared belief in disinterested inquiry that the field both demands and conceals.

What the School Cannot Tell: David Armitage and Turner’s Doubt About Shared Practice

Stephen Turner’s The Social Theory of Practices (1994) takes aim at a concept the humanities treat as bedrock: the idea that a group holds, in common, a tacit understanding that is the same in each member’s head and that gets passed from one person to the next. Conventions, paradigms, frameworks, idioms, interpretive communities, traditions, all name some hidden collective object that members supposedly possess together. Turner argues that the idea has a fatal flaw. No one has given a workable account of how such an object gets into each separate mind in the same form, or how it travels intact from a teacher to a student or across a society. Strip away the assumption of sameness and what remains is not a shared thing at all. What remains is habit, individual habituation, many people each trained by their own causal histories into performances that resemble one another closely enough that an observer, after the fact, calls them a single practice. The sharing is the observer’s gloss. The collective object is a posit we reach for because we lack the patience to trace the separate routes by which similar behavior arises.
Set this doubt against the program David Armitage learned and carries, and it cuts in three places at once.
Take the method first. The Cambridge School, the tradition of Skinner and Pocock that Armitage absorbed at Princeton and Cambridge, rests on a claim about recoverable shared conventions. Skinner’s founding essay, “Meaning and Understanding in the History of Ideas” (1969), holds that a text’s meaning lies in what its author could intend to do with words, given the linguistic conventions available to him and recognizable to his audience. Pocock writes of the “languages” or idioms of political thought, stable vocabularies that a period holds in common and that the historian can reconstruct. The enterprise assumes that in a given time and place there existed a shared stock of conventions, possessed alike by writer and reader, and that the historian can excavate this stock and use it to fix what a text meant and what move its author was making. That assumption is the exact object of Turner’s doubt. The conventions the historian recovers are an inference built from surviving texts, and the claim that the historical actors held them in common, in the strong sense the method needs, is the claim Turner says has no causal grounding. The “context” the Cambridge School recovers reads less as a found object than as a present reconstruction projected backward and then credited to the dead as their shared possession.
The Cambridge School sets out to make the tacit explicit. Its goal is to state, as rules of usage, the conventions that writers of the past never stated and might never have been able to state, the unspoken background that let a pamphlet land as a warning or a defense or a joke. Turner, drawing the term from Michael Polanyi (1891-1976), reminds us that tacit knowledge resists this in principle. If there is real tacit knowledge, knowledge we hold without being able to tell it, then any attempt to render it as explicit rules adds and subtracts, and what the historian writes down is a translation. The method promises to convert the unstated conventions of past discourse into stated propositions and to do so without remainder. Turner’s point is that the remainder is where the trouble lives.
Now turn the same doubt on the man. The skill of doing Cambridge School history is tacit. It’s like putting on Leo Strauss’s magic decoder ring and believing you now understand the true intent of the ancient philosophers. Reading a seventeenth-century tract and hearing its illocutionary force, sensing which idiom is in play and what the writer is doing by invoking it, knowing which contemporary the text answers, none of this comes from the methodological essays. Skinner stated principles. The craft of applying them passed by apprenticeship, in the seminar, over marked drafts, by imitation of a master at work. Armitage acquired it that way, at the side of Skinner and the school. So the method that claims to recover shared explicit conventions is transmitted as unstated craft, by exactly the hand-to-hand route the method’s own epistemology cannot describe. And Turner’s blade turns once more. If he is right that there is no shared object passed from teacher to student, only separate habituation that resembles the master’s, then what Armitage received was not a method held in common. It was his own reconstruction, his own habits, trained in proximity to Skinner, similar enough that we file them under one name. “The Cambridge School” performs the same illegitimate collectivizing as “shared conventions” inside the method. There is no school, no single transmitted possession. There are individuals trained near one another whose work rhymes. The man embodies the doubt that undoes his own program. The school that recovers shared meanings cannot, on its own terms, account for how it transmits itself.
The third place is Atlantic history. Armitage’s Atlantic world is one where ideas, institutions, and constitutional practices “circulate” across the ocean and produce “shared” historical developments that no national story can hold. Turner’s argument lands on “shared” and on “circulate” together. To say an idea circulated across the Atlantic and created a shared political world is to posit a collective object moving intact between heads and societies and held thereafter in common. The picture wants a transmission story it does not supply. A pamphlet printed in London and read in Boston and answered in Caracas yields three readers each making something of the words, and the resemblance among what they make is real, but the resemblance is not evidence of a single thing they all now hold. “Circulation” is a metaphor that covers the absence of an account. It pictures ideas as coins or currents, things with edges that travel and arrive whole, when what the record shows is many local reconstructions that a historian later assembles into a shared Atlantic culture by attending to their family resemblance and ignoring their drift.
The Declaration of Independence: A Global History (2007) looks like the strongest case for circulation. Armitage tracks the document of 1776 through more than a hundred later declarations across the world and reads it as a model reproduced again and again. Turner would press on the word model. Each later declaration is a local act, written by men with their own purposes, who took from the American text what served them and left the rest, in idioms the original drafters could not have recognized. The model is an abstraction the historian builds from a hundred partial likenesses. Nothing with stable content traveled and reproduced itself. To call the genre a single tradition is to grant the resemblances a unity they do not carry on their own, and to credit a shared object with work done by a hundred separate hands.
What survives? Drop the shared object and the phenomena remain, redescribed. The Cambridge School becomes a set of scholars trained in proximity, each habituated into similar performances, and its coherence becomes a resemblance maintained by continued contact. Atlantic history becomes the study of many local readings and uses that rhyme, with the rhyme the thing to be explained instead of the thing assumed.

Strange Bedfellows in the Archive: Armitage’s Ideas under Alliance Theory

Pinsof, Sears, and Haselton, in “Strange Bedfellows: the Alliance Theory of Political Belief Systems,” argue that political belief systems do not derive from abstract values such as equality, authority, or tolerance. They derive from alliance structures that vary across nations and eras. Partisans mobilize support for their allies and opposition to their rivals, and in doing so they assemble patchwork narratives that draw on incompatible moral principles as the moment requires. Two capacities drive the work: a psychology for choosing allies, by similarity, by transitivity, by interdependence, and a psychology for supporting them, through propagandistic biases that excuse an ally’s transgressions, magnify an ally’s grievances, and credit an ally’s advantages to virtue rather than luck. The contents of a belief system are downstream of the coalition. Elites differ from the masses only in being better tuned to the contingent alliances their society inherited. The bundles look like philosophies. They are collections of justifications built to win conflicts.
Armitage’s first book treats the imperial ideology as a slow, imperfect, non-teleological growth, assembled piece by piece out of Protestantism, commerce, sea power, and liberty to link state-building at home to expansion abroad. Conventional intellectual history would read that as a doctrine maturing by argument. Alliance Theory reads the raggedness as a justification assembled to hold a coalition together. The crown, the merchant interests, the Protestant factions, the Scottish and Irish elites formed a coalition against Catholic and continental rivals, coordinating on shared markers, and the language of a Protestant, commercial, maritime, and free empire was the narrative that recruited support for it. Armitage’s empirical care supplies the evidence. The Ideological Origins of the British Empire documents the ad hoc growth a coalitional account expects to find.
The Declaration existed to assert the colonies’ standing as a power able to make treaties, and that the French alliance of 1778 followed from that standing. The purpose of the text, on his account, was to secure a foreign alliance. Pinsof finishes a sentence Armitage started. The victim framing of the Crown, the embellished grievances, the attribution of malevolent motive, the signal to France that the enemy of their enemy was now available as a friend, all of it sits on a functional reading Armitage himself provides. This is the weakest case for any claim that ideas came first. The instrumental account of the Declaration is not Alliance Theory defeating intellectual history. It is intellectual history and Alliance Theory arriving at the same place.
When Armitage tracks sovereignty, international law, and the changing idea of civil war, he documents a vocabulary that never sits still. Alliance Theory explains the motion. Whether an authority counts as legitimate or a combatant counts as a rebel turns on whose coalition prevails, a conservative alliance defending its rank or a revolutionary one pressing to raise its own. The naming is the propaganda. Intellectuals, in this account, are elite partisans tuned to the alliances of their day, supplying the rationalizations a new arrangement needs once the structure shifts through some accident or fresh interdependence. The career of a concept, which Armitage narrates as though the concept carried its own momentum, belongs to the alliances that deploy the word.
The theory also turns on Armitage’s own trade. The claim that ideas carry autonomous causal weight is, on this reading, an elite rationalization that raises the standing of the people who study ideas. Idea-centric history flatters and funds a coalition of historians bound by shared training and a common rival, the materialists across the hall, and a manifesto for big, public, long-range history recruits for that coalition. Insisting that recovering the trajectories of texts is a primary route to understanding the past elevates the social value of the class that does the recovering.
If “ideas matter” is coalition propaganda by humanists, then “alliances matter” is coalition propaganda by evolutionary psychologists, a younger coalition with its own journals, its own citation networks, its own rivals in the social-identity tradition it sets out to replace, competing for the same prestige and the same grant money. The paper’s closing call for a radically different approach is, by its own logic, a bid to advance one alliance’s standing against another’s.
So which approach better captures reality. They aim at different targets, and the verdict depends on which target you want hit.
On the targets Pinsof chooses, the contents of belief systems, their internal contradictions, their instability across borders, Alliance Theory is the stronger account, and it is stronger where Armitage is weakest. The Cambridge School brackets motive. It asks what a writer was doing with language in his context and treats ideological self-presentation as the object of study rather than as something to see through, and it tends to grant a tradition more coherence than the record supports, because coherence is what the method is trained to find. Pinsof asks the motive question the method rules out, and on the strange-bedfellows problem he is right. The same political idea lands in opposite coalitions in different countries: military socialism in Latin America, religious economic leftism in Catholic Europe, green parties allied with the anticommunist right in the old Eastern bloc. An account that gives an idea a stable political valence cannot explain this. Alliance Theory predicts it. The coherence of a belief system is mostly imposed after the fact, and that is the truth Armitage’s apparatus is built to look away from.
Alliance Theory explains the demand for ideas and the selection among them. It does not explain the supply. The 1776 coalition reached for a vocabulary of natural rights and popular sovereignty that existed only because of the long argument Armitage’s school documents, running back through Locke and the republican tradition and the wars of religion. Someone built the template before any coalition could seize it, and the building was not one coalition’s propaganda, since the same concepts were forged and refought across centuries and rival camps. Pinsof takes the ideological stock as given. Armitage explains where the stock came from. The two work one level apart, one on the genealogy of the concepts, the other on the politics of their use. Both begin at the moment a coalition reaches for a justification and never ask why that justification was lying ready to hand.
Ideas, once public, escape the interests that launched them and turn into constraints and weapons against their makers. The Declaration’s universal claims, written to serve a coalition that tolerated slavery, became the instrument abolitionists and suffragists used against that coalition’s heirs. Frederick Douglass (1818-1895) needed no new idea. He needed the founders’ own words held to their face. An account of belief as pure coalition propaganda underrates this stickiness. The content does work the coalition never authorized, because a justification spoken in public can be claimed by anyone and cited back against its author. Armitage’s global histories are, among other things, a record of ideas outliving and embarrassing the interests that first deployed them, and a theory that treats belief as downstream of the coalition has trouble seeing it.

Posted in Cambridge, History | Comments Off on David Armitage and the History of Political Thought

Patrick Soon-Shiong

Patrick Soon-Shiong (b. 1952) is a surgeon, medical inventor, biotechnology executive, investor, philanthropist, and newspaper proprietor whose career joins academic medicine to pharmaceutical commerce on a scale few physicians have matched. He built a large private fortunes through the development and sale of injectable generics and the cancer drug Abraxane, and he has since redirected much of that capital toward an integrated biomedical enterprise spanning oncology, immunotherapy, genomics, artificial intelligence, and data science. Since 2018 he has also owned the Los Angeles Times, a position that has made him one of the most consequential private holders of a major American newspaper at a moment when metropolitan journalism has contracted across the country. His record combines scientific ambition, commercial success, and recurring controversy over both his business claims and his stewardship of the press.

He was born in Port Elizabeth, South Africa, on July 29, 1952, the child of Chinese immigrant parents of Hakka ancestry who had fled Japanese-occupied China during the Second World War. He came of age under apartheid, an experience he has credited with shaping a lasting attachment to medicine, scientific reasoning, and democratic institutions. He graduated from the medical school of the University of the Witwatersrand at twenty-three, finishing near the top of his class, and completed an internship in Johannesburg. He then moved to Canada, where he earned a master’s degree in surgery from the University of British Columbia, before immigrating to the United States for surgical training at the University of California, Los Angeles. He became a board-certified transplant surgeon in 1984 and later a naturalized American citizen.

Through the 1980s and into the early 1990s, Soon-Shiong established himself as an experimental transplant surgeon at UCLA. He performed the institution’s first whole-pancreas transplant and pursued procedures using pancreatic islet-cell transplantation for patients with Type 1 diabetes, work directed at restoring insulin production and improving the survival of grafted tissue. He held a successful academic post, yet he came to believe that many promising discoveries never reached patients because of weaknesses in the pharmaceutical industry. That conviction drew him out of the university and toward enterprise.

His first large commercial success came through American Pharmaceutical Partners, a maker of injectable generic medicines that he built into a major supplier to hospitals. He sold the company to Fresenius SE in 2008 for roughly $5.6 billion. A second and larger success followed through Abraxis BioScience, which brought to market Abraxane, a nanoparticle formulation of paclitaxel designed to improve the delivery of the drug while reducing some of the toxicity associated with conventional chemotherapy. The Food and Drug Administration approved Abraxane in 2005 for metastatic breast cancer, and the drug later gained approvals for pancreatic cancer and non-small cell lung cancer. It generated billions of dollars in revenue and ranks among the commercially successful oncology drugs of the early twenty-first century. In 2010 Soon-Shiong sold Abraxis to Celgene for close to $3 billion. Together with the earlier sale of American Pharmaceutical Partners, these transactions placed him among the wealthiest physicians who have ever lived.

Rather than retire, he committed much of his fortune to building an integrated biomedical enterprise. He founded NantWorks, a network of companies devoted to cancer research, artificial intelligence, genomics, data science, diagnostics, immunotherapy, energy storage, advanced communications, and other emerging fields. His central idea holds that medicine should operate as a continuously learning system, one that draws genomic sequencing, clinical records, imaging, machine computation, and real-time patient monitoring into a single circuit that yields individualized treatment.

Within that constellation, ImmunityBio has become his flagship. The company develops immunotherapies meant to direct the body’s own immune system against cancer and infectious disease. In 2024 the FDA approved its drug Anktiva (nogapendekin alfa inbakicept-pmln) for certain patients with BCG-unresponsive non-muscle invasive bladder cancer, a milestone of his later career. The company has since sought expanded indications for bladder and lung cancer while advancing a broader platform built around natural killer cell therapies and related approaches.

His scientific philosophy departs from conventional pharmaceutical development. He treats cancer less as a set of isolated diseases than as a systems problem that calls for the simultaneous integration of genetics, immunology, computing, artificial intelligence, and large-scale data analysis. He has promoted precision medicine throughout his career, arguing that each patient’s tumor carries distinct biological features that demand individualized therapy rather than standardized protocols.

His later scientific work has also drawn regulatory scrutiny. In 2026 the FDA issued a warning letter over promotional statements about Anktiva that regulators judged to overstate the drug’s approved uses and to imply broader cancer benefits that the evidence had not established. The episode reflects a recurring tension across his career between an expansive vision for new therapies and the cautious standards that regulators impose.

Beyond medicine, Soon-Shiong has invested in education, philanthropy, and civic life. Through the Chan Soon-Shiong Family Foundation, which he chairs with his wife Michele Chan, he has given hundreds of millions of dollars to scientific research, healthcare, education, and community development. The foundation has supported hospitals, universities, biomedical institutes, and educational projects in both the United States and South Africa. He has kept long-standing academic appointments at UCLA and has collaborated with researchers at numerous universities.

He entered professional sports ownership in 2010 by buying a minority stake in the Los Angeles Lakers. He has held it as a largely passive investor, though the stake reinforced his standing in the civic and business circles of the city.

His public profile widened in 2018 when he bought the Los Angeles Times and the San Diego Union-Tribune from Tronc for nearly $500 million, assuming substantial pension obligations in the bargain. The purchase ended years of corporate instability and drew early optimism from journalists, civic leaders, and readers who hoped local ownership might restore one of the country’s great metropolitan papers. He appointed experienced editors, expanded hiring in the first years, and promised to modernize the paper through technology. He later sold the San Diego Union-Tribune and kept the Los Angeles Times as his principal media holding.

His stewardship has proved harder than his opening vision suggested. The paper has continued to struggle against falling advertising revenue, the demands of digital transition, and the financial pressures that weigh on metropolitan journalism everywhere. Rounds of layoffs, executive departures, and editorial disputes have brought criticism from staff and outside observers. Soon-Shiong has taken a growing personal interest in editorial policy, arguing that newspapers should reduce ideological polarization and rebuild public trust by carrying a wider range of viewpoints. His decision to block the editorial board from endorsing a presidential candidate in 2024 prompted resignations and public controversy, and it sharpened a longer debate over the proper reach of an owner into the newsroom.

His role in public health widened during the COVID-19 pandemic. Through his companies he pursued vaccine work aimed at stimulating T-cell immunity alongside antibody responses, and he argued for expanded vaccine manufacturing in South Africa to narrow global inequalities in access to advanced medicine.

He has continued to pursue an ambitious long-term plan for the paper. In 2025 he announced an intention to take Los Angeles Times Media Group public through a mix of private financing and a future offering. The proposed holding company would join the newspaper to LA Times Studios, NantGames, and related media and technology assets, diversifying revenue beyond journalism alone. The early plan envisioned a New York Stock Exchange listing in 2026, though by early 2026 he acknowledged that the timetable had grown uncertain and might extend into 2027. He has said repeatedly that he does not intend to sell the paper, and that he hopes instead to establish an ownership model capable of preserving independent journalism while attracting long-term investment. As executive chairman of both ImmunityBio and Los Angeles Times Media Group, he divides his attention between biotechnology and media while promoting connections among biomedical research, artificial intelligence, advanced computing, and financial technology as parts of a single innovation enterprise.

Soon-Shiong has never settled into a conventional political category. He describes himself as independent and frames his public interventions in the language of scientific reasoning, public health, institutional reform, and technological innovation rather than party. His readiness to challenge prevailing orthodoxies, in medicine and in journalism alike, has earned him admiration from some observers and sharp criticism from others.

His business record has invited skepticism as well as praise. Several ventures inside the NantWorks network have drawn investor doubt over commercialization timelines and ambitious technological claims. Critics ask whether some of his companies promised more than they delivered, while supporters answer that long-term biomedical innovation requires patience and unusually large capital. His management of the Los Angeles Times has likewise drawn criticism over finances, staffing cuts, editorial intervention, and newsroom instability, even as supporters credit him with keeping one of the country’s important newspapers under independent local ownership during a period when many dailies have closed or vanished into national chains.

His influence rests on an uncommon combination of roles. He has held distinction as a practicing surgeon, a medical inventor, a biotechnology executive, a billionaire investor, a philanthropist, a sports owner, and a newspaper proprietor. Few modern business figures have exercised comparable reach across medicine, science, technology, media, and civic life. Whether one regards him chiefly as an inventive physician, an ambitious entrepreneur, or a contested media owner, Patrick Soon-Shiong stands among the defining figures of contemporary American biotechnology and among the most consequential private owners of a major American newspaper.

Curing Death: Patrick Soon-Shiong and the Hero System

The pancreas arrives at the table in a basin of cold saline. The scrub nurse lifts it with both hands and the resident leans in to see. It does not look like much, a soft gray-pink organ, smaller than the lay imagination expects, slick and faintly translucent at the edges. The patient on the table has Type 1 diabetes and a failing kidney and a number on his chart that the anesthesiologist watches more than he watches the man. Patrick Soon-Shiong (b. 1952) takes the organ in his gloved hands. He has the gown, the loupes, the particular stillness that surgeons cultivate and laymen mistake for calm. For the next hour he reroutes a man’s mortality. He clamps, he sews, he releases the clamp and watches the tissue pink up as blood finds the new vessels. When it holds, the room exhales. A man who an hour ago carried a death sentence in his blood sugar now carries a borrowed organ and a few more years.

This is where the hero system begins, in the hands.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) built his account of human striving on a single terror. In The Denial of Death (1973) he argued that man knows he will die and cannot bear the knowledge, and so he builds. He builds a self, a name, a body of work, a fortune, a faith, a cathedral, a nation, anything that promises to outlast the body and to confer the feeling of cosmic significance that the rotting animal cannot supply on its own. Becker called the scheme a hero system. Each culture hands its members a script for heroism, a way to earn the sense that one counts in the order of things and will leave a mark that death cannot erase. In Escape from Evil (1975) he added the darker corollary. Hero systems collide. What one man counts as the highest good, another reads as profanation, and men kill each other in the name of life. The trouble is not that some men lack a hero system. The trouble is that there are many, and each looks like idolatry from inside a rival one.

Soon-Shiong has a hero system, and at its center sits a word.

The word is cure.

Listen to how he uses it. Cancer should yield to a continuously learning system, he says, one that gathers a patient’s genome, his scans, his records, his immune profile, and feeds them all into a single engine that learns from every case and returns an answer fitted to the one tumor in front of it. He treats cancer less as a set of separate diseases than as a problem in computation and immunology waiting for enough data and enough capital. He spent a fortune building toward it. He spent it on the natural killer cell platform at ImmunityBio, on the genomic and imaging companies inside NantWorks, on a vision of medicine that corrects itself the way a good model corrects itself, run after run, toward the answer. To him the word cure names a destination that careful men reach if they refuse to quit before the data arrive.

Now watch the same word travel.

The bench immunologist will not say it. She is forty, she keeps a thermos of cold coffee by the cell incubator, and she has a freezer full of vials that represent eleven years of her life. When a reporter asks whether her therapy cures the disease she corrects him before he finishes the sentence. Durable complete response, she says. We say durable complete response. Cure is a word for press releases. Inside her hero system the heroism lies in the discipline of not overclaiming, in the paper that survives replication, in the citation that other careful people will still trust in twenty years. To say cure is to spend authority she has not earned. The sin is small and it is real. Her immortality is the work that stands, and the work stands only if she guards the words.

The pediatric oncology nurse hears the word at three in the morning. A mother has not slept in four days and she takes the nurse’s wrist in the hallway and asks, in the flat voice of the truly frightened, whether her son will be cured. The nurse has watched the word do harm. She has watched it raise a family and then break it. In her hero system the heroism is presence, the hand on the shoulder, the willingness to stay in the room when the machines start their alarms and the residents find reasons to be elsewhere. Death is not her enemy to be defeated. Death is the event she attends. She has made her peace with attending it well, and a man who promises to abolish it strikes her as a man who has never stood in that hallway at three in the morning.

In a storefront church off a boulevard with a check-cashing place on one side and a tax preparer on the other, a Pentecostal pastor lays hands on a woman with a tumor in her breast and the congregation calls out and the woman weeps. He believes the cure comes from Him. The body is not the self. Medicine is permitted, the pastor tells his people, the doctors do God’s work with their hands, but the source is not the needle. His hero system runs past death and out the other side, to a resurrection that no scan can confirm and no scan can refute. To him a man who locates salvation in a learning machine has mistaken the instrument for the hand that guides it. The error is not medical. The error is theological, and from where the pastor stands it is the oldest error there is, the worship of the made thing.

The palliative physician has built her whole vocation on the refusal of the word. She runs a hospice. Her heroism inverts the surgeon’s at every point. She measures her work by the death that arrives without panic, the pain controlled, the family gathered, the old man who dies in his own bed having said what he needed to say. There is no cure here and she does not pretend there is one, and she has come to regard the promise of cure as a cruelty visited on the dying by people who cannot sit with them. When a patient arrives from an oncology service still chasing a fourth-line therapy, still enrolled in a trial, still being told by hopeful men that the next thing might work, she sees a person robbed of the chance to prepare. Her sacred good is the good death. His sacred word, in her ward, reads as the thing that steals it.

A different room, glass and gray carpet, a view of low hills. The venture man wears the vest and keeps the term sheet face down on the table out of habit. He likes Soon-Shiong. He admires the ambition and he has put money behind it. But when the word cure comes up in a partners’ meeting somebody always says the quiet thing, which is that a cure is a single sale and a chronic therapy is an annuity. The math is not hidden and it is not evil to the man who says it. It is the grammar of his hero system, the fund’s vintage, the multiple, the letter to limited partners at the end of the year. He does not want patients to suffer. He wants returns, and he has trained himself not to confuse the two, and the training is the discipline he is proud of. In his world the word cure names a worse business than the disease, and the man who chases it is either a saint or a poor allocator of capital, and the venture man has not decided which.

On a fixed income with a vial of insulin he is rationing toward the end of the month, a man hears cure on the radio and turns it off. He is not against the word. He is against its price. A cure that costs two hundred thousand dollars a year is a rumor to him, a thing that happens to other people in other tax brackets. His hero system, if you can call it that, runs on getting through, on not being a burden, on the dignity of paying his own way until he no longer can. Access is his sacred term and the activist who fights the drug companies on his behalf has built a whole life of heroism around it, around the fight against the price of the thing the surgeon wants to invent. To them the cure is not the end of the story. The cure is the beginning of an argument about who may have it.

Across an ocean, in a health ministry in Gauteng, a deputy director-general reads about a South African-born billionaire who wants to build vaccine capacity on the continent so that the next time the world will not have to wait for the North to share. To her the words cure and vaccine carry a charge the surgeon may not fully feel. They mean sovereignty. They mean an end to the line at the back of the queue. Her hero system is national and it is shaped by a memory of waiting, of watching richer countries inoculate their citizens while hers buried theirs. She does not care whether the science is elegant. She cares whether the plant gets built and who owns it and whether the promise survives the news cycle that announced it.

One word. Seven rooms. In each room the word makes sense, and in each room it makes a different sense, and the sense it makes is set by the hero system that contains it. Becker’s claim sits underneath all of this. There is no neutral cure that floats free of the systems that prize it. The immunologist’s caution, the nurse’s presence, the pastor’s resurrection, the palliativist’s good death, the investor’s annuity, the rationing man’s access, the official’s sovereignty, each is a way of standing against death or of standing with it, and each assigns the word its weight. The man who carries only one of these meanings, and carries it with the certainty of a surgeon who has held a working pancreas in his hands, will keep walking into rooms where his sacred word lands as someone else’s blasphemy.

Becker would add a second observation about the fuel. In Escape from Evil he called money the modern immortality vehicle, congealed power over life, the purest form of the thing because it converts into any other and never dies on its own. Soon-Shiong is among the richest physicians who have ever lived, and the conventional reading says the money is the point and the cure is the cover story. Becker inverts it. The cure is the immortality project. The money is its sacred fuel. The man sold American Pharmaceutical Partners for billions and Abraxis for billions more, and he did not stop, because the fortune was never the destination. The fortune buys more runs of the experiment that defeats death. A man who has held mortality off for an hour with his hands wants to hold it off for a population, and then for a species, and the only instrument large enough is capital. The 2026 warning letter from the regulators, the charge that he oversold what the drug had shown, reads in the press as a marketing problem. Becker reads it as a believer running ahead of his evidence because the thing he believes in is not a drug. It is the abolition of the dragon, and a man who has seen the dragon up close finds the careful pace of the careful people hard to bear.

Then he bought a newspaper, and the second hero system swallowed him.

The Los Angeles Times has a sacred word of its own, and the word is not cure. The word is independence, and behind it stands a second word, trust, and behind both stands a structure the trade calls the wall. The wall separates the man who owns the paper from the words the paper prints. To a career journalist the wall is not a convenience. It is the thing that makes the work heroic, the reason the byline means anything, the promise that what you read was not bought. The journalist earns his immortality in the story that holds up, the one that named the powerful man and survived the lawsuit, the clip that his grandchildren will find. He guards the wall the way the immunologist guards her words, because the wall is where his significance lives.

In the autumn of 2024 the owner stopped the editorial board from endorsing a candidate for president. He framed it in the language of his own hero system. Newspapers had grown partisan, he believed, and partisanship had cost them the public’s trust, and a paper that learned to carry more viewpoints might correct itself the way a good system corrects itself and earn the trust back. To him the decision served independence, freedom from the capture he saw in the trade. He used the word independence and he meant it.

The newsroom heard the same word and understood the opposite. Editors resigned. Staff signed letters. To them independence meant the wall, and the owner had reached over the wall and pulled a page, and the reach was the profanation, whatever he called it. He thought he was defending the sacred thing. They thought he had desecrated it. Both used the word. Neither was lying. This is what Becker promised. Two hero systems, one vocabulary, and a collision that no amount of explanation can resolve, because the disagreement is not about facts. It is about what counts as heroism, and there is no court above the two systems to settle which one is right.

He arrived in journalism fluent in one immortality language and certain it was the only one. He spoke of systems that learn and trust that can be engineered and balance that can be measured, the grammar of a man who cured what he could reach by gathering enough data and refusing to quit. In the newsroom that grammar reads as the destruction of the very thing he says he wants to save. You cannot engineer trust the way you titrate a dose. The journalists believe trust grows from the wall, and the wall is the thing he keeps reaching over, and so the harder he works to restore the trust the more of it he spends.

He says he will not sell the paper. He says he wants to build an ownership model that outlasts him, a holding company, a public listing, a structure that keeps independent journalism alive after the founder is gone. Strip the business language and Becker is standing right there. The man wants the institution to survive him. He wanted the cure to survive him and the company to survive him and now he wants the paper to survive him, because the body will not, and a man who has spent his life holding off the one ending wants something with his hand on it still standing when his hand is gone.

He began with a pancreas in a basin, an organ he could lift and place and watch turn pink with borrowed blood. Forty years later he is trying to do to death what he once did to a single failing organ, to clamp it, reroute it, hold it off for a population the way he held it off for a man on a table. The fortune is the instrument. The cure is the faith. The newspaper is the monument he did not invent and cannot fully control, which may be why he wants it, because the things a man builds himself die with his certainty, and the things he merely keeps alive might carry his name a little further into the dark.

The word cure means a destination to him. It will go on meaning caution to the immunologist, presence to the nurse, the wrong business to the investor, a price to the rationing man, God to the pastor, a good death’s enemy to the palliativist, and sovereignty to the official in Gauteng. He cannot make them mean what he means. No one can. That is the condition Becker described, and the surgeon who has spent a life trying to defeat death is living it without quite seeing it, room by room, word by word, reaching over one wall after another in the sincere belief that everyone on the other side wants the same thing he does.

The Exchange Rate: Patrick Soon-Shiong and the Journalistic Field

The boardroom at the Nant campus runs on his clock. The screens carry the genomic pipelines and the trial enrollments and the quarterly burn, and when Patrick Soon-Shiong (b. 1952) speaks the room arranges itself around the speaking. A deal lawyer in an open collar slides a term sheet across the table and waits. A young chief of staff has the next slide ready before the founder asks for it. In this room his word converts into action at par, dollar for dollar, because the room is built from his money and his money is the law of the place. He has spent four decades learning the feel of this game, the sense of when to press and when to wait, the body language of the man whom others have decided to please. He is fluent here. The fluency looks like nature.

Twenty miles away, in a newsroom he also owns, the same man’s word does not convert.

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) spent his life mapping spaces like these and the traffic between them. He called each space a field, a structured arena with its own stakes, its own rules, its own currency. Players enter a field already carrying capital, and Bourdieu counted several kinds. Economic capital is money and what money holds. Cultural capital is the schooling, the taste, the credential, the embodied ease that the schooled carry in their posture. Social capital is the network, the people who take your call. Symbolic capital is the recognition the others grant you, the prestige that a field confers and that no one can simply seize. The genius of the account lies in a single observation. Each kind of capital converts into the others, but the conversion runs through an exchange rate, and the rate is set by the field, and economic capital, the hardest and most liquid of the kinds, does not buy the same thing in every field. At the door of the journalistic field the tariff on money runs high, and the field demands payment in a coin the buyer does not hold.

Trace his trajectory and the conversions stand out one by one.

He began in the scientific field. Witwatersrand at twenty-three, near the top of the class, then surgery in Vancouver, then UCLA, then the first whole-pancreas transplant the institution had seen. Bourdieu would name what the young surgeon accumulated there, scientific capital, the recognition of peers who could judge the work, the slow consecration that the autonomous pole of science reserves for those who satisfy other scientists rather than the market. Abraxane carried that capital to its height. A nanoparticle formulation that the field’s own gatekeepers, the journals and the regulators, agreed had advanced the treatment of metastatic disease. He held real authority and he had earned it inside the field that grants it.

Then he converted. American Pharmaceutical Partners to Fresenius for billions. Abraxis to Celgene for billions more. Scientific capital became economic capital at a favorable rate, because the two fields sit close and the bridges between them are well traveled. The conversion placed him among the richest physicians who have ever lived, and it placed him in what Bourdieu called the field of power, the high ground where the holders of the different capitals contend over which kind shall rule. In that field economic capital speaks loud. It builds the Nant campus and buys the stake in the basketball team and opens the doors that open for the very rich.

Money is sovereign in the field of power. It is not sovereign inside every field that the field of power contains. This is the error that organizes the rest of the story.

In 2018 he bought the Los Angeles Times and the San Diego Union-Tribune for nearly five hundred million dollars and took on the pension burden besides. He bought the building, the masthead, the archive, the presses, the badge on the lanyard. Bourdieu had a term for that holding. Objectified cultural capital, the institution in its physical and titular form, the thing you can deed and sell. He acquired all of it. What he could not acquire by purchase was the field’s specific capital, the journalistic kind, the byline that means something because peers respect it, the scoop, the story that named a powerful man and survived the suit, the recognition that one reporter grants another and that no proprietor can issue. That capital lives in the players, not in the property, and it answers to the field’s own law.

The field’s law has a name the trade uses without irony. They call it the wall. The wall separates the man who owns the paper from the words the paper prints, and to the journalist the wall is not a courtesy. It is the nomos, the founding rule that makes the game worth playing. Bourdieu called the players’ shared investment in their game illusio, the deep belief that the stakes are real and the rules sacred, the belief without which no field could hold its players to the table. The journalist’s illusio is independence. His whole sense of his own worth rests on the conviction that what he wrote was not bought. Take the wall away and you have not changed the rules of his game. You have told him the game was never real.

He arrived carrying the wrong illusio. His belief was the entrepreneur’s, the cure, the platform, the system that learns and corrects, the conviction that a proprietor sets direction the way a founder sets a company’s strategy. In the corporate field that belief holds and serves him. He carried it across the line into a field with a different law and did not feel the line under his feet, because the feel for one game does not transfer to another. Bourdieu called the feel the habitus, the set of dispositions a man acquires by playing, the second nature that tells him without thinking where the ball will go. Soon-Shiong has the habitus of the surgeon and the dealmaker, deep and reliable inside the fields that grew it. In the newsroom it misfires. He reads ownership as command because in every field he has mastered ownership is command.

For a while the field extended him credit. When he bought the paper the journalists and the civic men greeted him with hope, and Bourdieu would read that hope precisely. The field offered provisional symbolic capital, a line of recognition advanced against future conduct, the civic savior who rescued a great paper from the chains that had nearly killed it. He hired editors. He expanded the staff. The credit looked sound. But symbolic capital is not a thing the field hands over and forgets. It is recognition, renewed or withdrawn by the agents who grant it, and it answers to whether the holder honors the field’s law.

In the autumn of 2024 he stopped the editorial board from endorsing a candidate for president, and the line of credit closed.

He explained the decision in the currency of his own field. Newspapers had grown partisan, he held, and partisanship had cost them the public’s trust, and a paper that carried more viewpoints might earn the trust back the way a good system earns back its accuracy, run by run. He used the word independence and meant freedom from the partisan capture he saw in the trade. The newsroom heard the same word and understood its opposite. To them independence meant the wall, and the owner had reached over the wall and pulled a page, and the reach was the violation whatever name he gave it. Editors resigned. Staff signed letters. Bourdieu would not call this a misunderstanding to be cleared up with a better memo. He would call it symbolic violence from the heteronomous pole, the intrusion of economic power into a field that defines its autonomy against precisely that power, and he would call the resignations the field policing its own boundary, the players paying in their own capital to defend the law that gives their capital value.

The owner thought he was defending independence. The field thought he had desecrated it. Both used the word. The word did not convert.

There is a harder turn in Bourdieu’s account, and the story rewards it. The journalistic field is among the least autonomous of the fields of cultural production. In On Television and Journalism (1996) he argued that the trade lives under the thumb of the market, that audience numbers and commercial pressure bend it daily, that its independence is thin and getting thinner. The journalists who rose against the owner were defending an autonomy the field holds only in part. He is the market made flesh, the proprietor, the very force the field has been losing ground to for thirty years, and they met him with the heat of people guarding a thing they fear is already slipping from their hands. The fierceness of the defense tracks the weakness of the wall. A field secure in its autonomy might absorb an owner’s whim. A field that feels the market closing in treats the owner’s whim as the thing itself arriving at the gate.

The scientific field has its own boundary patrol, and it reached him too. In 2026 the regulators sent a warning letter over the promotion of his immunotherapy, the charge that the marketing claimed more than the evidence had shown. In the press the letter reads as a compliance matter. Bourdieu reads it as the field policing the conversion rate. Scientific capital earns its weight from the slow, peer-judged accumulation that the autonomous pole demands, and a man who converts it into promotional and economic capital faster than the field allows has tried to spend at a rate the field will not honor. The warning letter is the rate enforced. It says, in the dry voice of the regulator, that the coin minted at the bench does not buy unlimited claims in the market, and that the field that minted it retains the right to set its value.

He says he will not sell the paper. He talks of a holding company, a public listing, a structure that joins the newsroom to studios and games and technology and carries independent journalism into a future that outlasts him. The plan is the entrepreneur’s answer to the field’s resistance, the move of a man who solves a problem by building a larger system around it. Bourdieu would point to what the plan reveals. The man keeps trying to convert his strongest capital, the economic, into the one capital it will not buy, the field’s recognition, and he keeps building bigger engines for the conversion, and the field keeps setting the rate against him. He owns the masthead and cannot own the byline. He owns the building and cannot own the wall. He holds the title to the institution and the institution’s symbolic capital lives in the people who keep resigning.

The room at the Nant campus still runs on his clock. There his money is the law and his word converts at par. He came to journalism fluent in the conversion that built his life, the turning of one capital into another, and he met a field that taxes that conversion at a rate no fortune can pay, because the thing he wants from it is the field’s regard, and regard is the one holding the rich cannot purchase. He can buy the paper. He cannot buy the standing of a man whom the other players agree to honor. That standing is issued in a currency he does not hold, by a field that guards the right to issue it, and the harder he presses his own coin across the counter the more plainly the field reminds him that here, at this window, it does not convert.

Alliance Theory

Patrick Soon-Shiong claims he wants to eliminate partisan bias from the media market. He frames his decisions to halt newspaper endorsements and expand content platforms as an effort to speak for all Americans. Alliance Theory treats this language of non-partisan balance as a strategic narrative rather than an expression of deep philosophical principles. Elites do not act out of pure intellectual consistency. Soon-Shiong uses the rhetoric of direct democracy to manage complex institutional pressures and shield his diverse corporate investments.

Human psychology handles conflict by deploying specific reputation tools. When federal regulators penalize his biotechnology firms for misleading drug advertisements, his corporate network relies on coalitional logic. By appearing on media platforms that openly challenge government agencies, his allies portray his enterprise as a victim of institutional overreach. This narrative serves an outward-facing purpose. It seeks to gather third-party support from groups that already distrust established authority figures. The moral arguments about curing cancer operate as post-hoc justifications to protect his corporate standing.

Soon-Shiong builds networks that span healthcare, artificial intelligence, and major news operations. These partnerships form through proximity, shared commercial benefit, and calculated alignment rather than permanent values. He moves between different political factions to maximize his reach. His actions show that elite belief systems remain highly flexible toolkits. They change to preserve status and maintain cooperation with useful allies across unstable cultural landscapes.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

Mainstream media accounts treat Soon-Shiong through the lens of liberal individualism. They profile him as a brilliant, eccentric visionary who uses private capital to conquer cancer, revolutionize medical technology, and preserve civic journalism. Mearsheimer’s realism cuts through this celebratory framing. It reinterprets his career as a series of calculated adaptations designed to maximize material power, manage reputation, and capture critical infrastructure within an anarchic market.
Soon-Shiong bought the Los Angeles Times in 2018 for five hundred million dollars. He framed the purchase as a philanthropic intervention to save a civic institution and protect a free press, which liberal theory views as a pillar of democracy.
If Mearsheimer is right, a major media company does not operate as a neutral public trust. It functions as an ideological standard used to defend a position within an elite coalition. In the competitive arena of American corporate life, a billionaire faces constant threats to his status and assets from rival coalitions, regulatory bodies, and public investigations. Owning a metropolitan newspaper gives Soon-Shiong an information asset. This asset allows him to manage his reputation, signal influence, and deter hostile moves by local or national political factions. The purchase was not an escape from tribal logic. It was the acquisition of an engine of influence to protect his broader corporate empire from structural vulnerability.
Soon-Shiong built his fortune on medical breakthroughs, notably the cancer drug Abraxane, and he frequently touts his vision for data-driven healthcare networks. He presents scientific reason and technological innovation as autonomous forces that can transcend political divisions and improve human life.
Mearsheimer’s hierarchy of human preferences places independent reason and technical text last among human motivations, far behind the unreflective survival instincts of the group. The biopharmaceutical complex is not a disinterested scientific seminar. It is a highly competitive system where corporations, universities, and state agencies struggle over scarce resources, patent monopolies, and regulatory dominance. Soon-Shiong succeeds because he navigates this terrain as a realist. He builds alliances, secures state contracts, and aggressive shields his intellectual property from competitors. His scientific rhetoric serves as a tool to mobilize capital and manage public perception, while his actual power rests on hard material advantages and legal enforcement.
Through his family foundation, Soon-Shiong directs massive investments into global health initiatives, medical research, and community development. He uses the universalist language of humanitarianism, suggesting that wealth can be deployed to dissolve traditional boundaries and cure systemic social ills.
Mearsheimer’s realism reveals that this philanthropic framework is an ideological luxury product. The ability to fund global humanitarian causes depends entirely on the material power and baseline protection secured by a dominant state vehicle. Human beings remain tribal animals who rely on their immediate group for security under conditions of structural scarcity. Soon-Shiong’s foundations do not operate outside the logic of group competition. They serve as sophisticated tools to optimize his position within the domestic elite, reward loyal institutional partners, and project influence into foreign territories. When a systemic crisis occurs, these philanthropic networks fracture, and capital returns to the baseline task of securing the core assets of the primary group.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

Patrick Soon-Shiong is a fascinating test case for David Pinsof’s thesis because his career bridges two heavily moralized fields: multi-billion-dollar biotech innovation and the ownership of major legacy media. As a transplant surgeon, the inventor of the cancer drug Abraxane, and the owner of the Los Angeles Times, Soon-Shiong operates with a massive public narrative of humanitarianism, scientific salvation, and civic service.
If Pinsof is right, Soon-Shiong’s career illustrates how an elite actor uses the misunderstanding myth in science and journalism to maximize status, shield business interests, and manage his position at the apex of the social hierarchy.
Soon-Shiong frequently frames his biotech research, particularly with his company ImmunityBio and the drug Anktiva, as a grand quest to unlock the body’s natural killer (NK) cells to “cure” or “prevent” cancer entirely. When regulators or traditional medical protocols slow down his timeline, he frames the friction as a institutional misunderstanding—a failure of backward, bureaucratic agencies to comprehend a revolutionary scientific paradigm shift.
Pinsof might say that medicine and drug approval are not pure exercises in logic and public health; they are highly competitive struggles for market share, patent control, and capital allocation.
Soon-Shiong’s framing of his therapies as a universal “cancer vaccine” serves a distinct coalitional function. It allows him to bypass standard corporate skepticism and appeal directly to the public and investors as a lone visionary fighting a short-sighted system.
Pinsof’s logic was validated when federal regulators stepped in to warn that his public podcast claims overreaching the drug’s approved scope were misleading. The conflict is not an intellectual misunderstanding between a genius and a slow bureaucracy; it is a raw turf war where the state uses its regulatory apparatus to discipline a high-status player who attempts to rewrite the marketing rules for his own commercial gain.
When Soon-Shiong purchased the Los Angeles Times, he framed the acquisition as a philanthropic intervention to save a vital democratic institution from financial ruin and partisan bias. He frequently talks about “democratizing” the paper—even announcing plans to take the parent company public to hand ownership back to “the people.” He frames polarization as a simple communication failure that an objective, independent newsroom can fix.
Pinsof might say that owning a major metropolitan newspaper is the ultimate tool for elite status protection and resource optimization.
A billionaire does not absorb millions of dollars in annual newsroom losses because he has a deep, spiritual misunderstanding about the civic value of local reporting. He does it because owning the primary narrative engine of a massive media market buys an unmatchable level of social capital, political leverage, and institutional defense. By framing his ownership as a noble, public-spirited sacrifice to “speak on behalf of all Americans,” Soon-Shiong turns a high-cost business venture into a premier moral signal. It ensures that no matter how intense his corporate or regulatory battles become, his name remains attached to the defense of truth and democracy.
Soon-Shiong balances his roles by appearing across diverse media spaces—from hosting panels on women’s cancer research for LA Times Studios to discussing industrial robotics at global tech conferences. These platforms are consistently presented as spaces for shared global progress, where leaders gather to solve humanity’s existential dilemmas through innovation and dialogue.
Pinsof might say that high-status forums are alliance-building engines designed for elite sorting. Human primates do not network at premium tech summits because they want to share ideas for the sheer love of humanity; they do it to pool capital, validate their authority, and secure their market positions.
By using his own newspaper’s studio branch to produce content featuring himself as the visionary expert, Soon-Shiong runs a flawless, self-contained loop of prestige acquisition. He creates the text, manages the platform that broadcasts the text, and reaps the status of the authority who interprets it. He did not buy into media and medicine to change the underlying Darwinian competition of the world; he used them to build an impregnable fortress at the very top of the cultural and financial hierarchy.

Posted in Los Angeles Times, Medicine | Comments Off on Patrick Soon-Shiong

Scott Kraft: Foreign Correspondent and Newsroom Editor

Scott Kraft belongs to a narrow class of American journalists who reached the front rank twice over, first as a foreign correspondent and then as a newsroom executive. His career at the Los Angeles Times spans more than four decades and most of the senior editorial titles a large newspaper has to offer: reporter, foreign bureau chief, national editor, deputy managing editor, managing editor, and editor at large. He reported from three continents during a period of extraordinary upheaval, and he later directed coverage that drew on the work of hundreds of colleagues. Within his profession he carries a reputation for editorial judgment, fidelity to reporting standards, and a manner that draws little attention to itself.

He was born in Kansas City, Missouri, and took a bachelor’s degree in journalism from Kansas State University, graduating in 1977. At the university he worked as a reporter and as editor-in-chief of the student newspaper, the Kansas State Collegian. The two roles anticipated the shape of his later working life, in which he moved between writing and direction without surrendering either. After graduation he joined the Associated Press, where he covered Missouri, Kansas, and New York and built a name as a feature writer. In 1984 he became a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in Feature Writing for a reported account of a family’s search for the man who had raped their daughter. The recognition marked him early as a narrative journalist who could hold careful reporting and emotional weight in the same piece.

The Los Angeles Times hired him in 1984. He joined as a staff writer in the paper’s Chicago bureau and soon moved abroad. Over roughly a decade as a foreign correspondent he served as bureau chief in Nairobi, Johannesburg, and Paris, and he filed more than eleven hundred stories. Many of them appeared in the paper’s signature front-page enterprise slot, Column One, which he came to know better than most writers of his generation. His dispatches covered defining events of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, and they ranged across the registers of news and feature alike.

His years in Africa coincided with the end of apartheid. He reported on political unrest, on negotiations between the South African government and the liberation movements, and on the release of Nelson Mandela (1918-2013) after twenty-seven years in prison. He covered the collapse of Somalia during the failed American military intervention, the civil wars and political ruptures across eastern and southern Africa, famine, refugee flight, and the spread of AIDS across the continent. Later he reported from Haiti after the 2010 earthquake, where he documented the scale of the disaster and the endurance of the people who survived it.

Conflict and political transformation occupied much of his reporting, yet he wrote feature stories with equal attention. He profiled South African surfers in search of the perfect wave, Americans keeping Thanksgiving in Paris, and a Nairobi brewery whose labels sometimes came off the press upside down. The range showed a wide curiosity and a storytelling manner that held back rather than pushed forward.

His coverage of the African AIDS epidemic drew particular praise. A report for the Los Angeles Times Magazine, which traced how the subordinate position of women in parts of Africa left them more exposed to the disease than women elsewhere, won the Distinguished Service Award for Foreign Correspondence from the Society of Professional Journalists in 1992. His reporting from Haiti received the Robert F. Kennedy Journalism Award for international reporting. The honors fit a record that paired exacting reporting with compassion, most often in places marked by violence, poverty, and catastrophe.

As his career advanced he moved into the management of the newsroom while keeping the eye of a reporter. He served as national editor, then as deputy managing editor for news, and then as managing editor. As national editor from 1997 to 2008 he ran a department of about seventy-five people with bureaus in ten cities, and he directed the paper’s coverage of the September 11 attacks, the Columbine shooting, the Clinton impeachment, the 2000 Florida recount, Hurricane Katrina, and the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. As managing editor he oversaw Metro, California, National, International, Washington, Page One, Column One, Enterprise, and Investigations. His work moved past the assigning of stories to the setting of newsroom strategy, the mentoring of reporters, the keeping of editorial standards, and the direction of long reporting projects, all of it during the financial and technological reordering of the American press.

In May 2022 the executive editor, Kevin Merida, named Kraft to a new post, editor at large for enterprise journalism and special projects. Merida called him a quiet force whose leadership had held the paper to its values and its mission. The position drew on his institutional memory and editorial experience and placed him over the paper’s most ambitious reporting. He took charge of investigations along with newsroom standards and practices, contest submissions, polling and survey work, and large reporting collaborations that crossed departments. He also led efforts to turn original Los Angeles Times reporting into books, part of the paper’s move into new forms of publishing.

Under the executive editor Terry Tang, Kraft has remained among the senior leaders of the newsroom. As editor at large he oversees investigations, newsroom standards and practices, and enterprise reporting that reaches across departments. He does not run the daily report. His attention falls on long investigations, newsroom ethics, editorial quality, and the collaborative projects that carry the paper’s public-service work.

His influence reaches well past one newspaper. He has served as a juror and as chair of the Selden Ring Award for investigative reporting. He has sat on Pulitzer Prize juries more than once, serving on the International Reporting jury in 2014 and then chairing juries in Public Service in 2015, International Reporting in 2020, Explanatory Reporting in 2021, Illustrated Reporting and Commentary in 2022, and Editorial Writing in 2023. The appointments register the trust his profession places in his judgment about excellence in reporting. He has also taught as a visiting member of the faculty at the Poynter Institute and has spoken at the National Writers Workshops.

He has become an advocate for international journalism through the Overseas Press Club of America. Elected its president and returned to a second term in 2024, he has pressed for support of foreign correspondents, for the defense of press freedom, and for help to journalists who work in danger. The organization has widened its support for independent reporters who lack the legal and financial backing that a major news organization provides.

For all his standing, Kraft has kept a modest public profile and has preferred to work out of view rather than build a personal brand. Colleagues describe a steady, understated editor whose weight comes through careful judgment, long memory, and a fixed commitment to fairness, accuracy, and public service.

He has often reflected on the shared character of the work. He has called journalism a team sport and a daily miracle, and has spoken of newsrooms as places where hundreds of people work toward one end. He has said he still marvels at how it comes together, and that he loves the cooperative spirit of a newsroom gathered to cover a story. Reflecting on the reporting of disasters such as the Haiti earthquake, he has compared the discipline of journalists who keep working amid suffering to that of emergency-room physicians who must do the same.

Kraft’s career traces a path that has grown rare in American journalism, that of a writer who earned distinction as a foreign correspondent and then as a newsroom executive. Across more than forty years at the Los Angeles Times he helped steer the paper through deep changes in the craft, the technology, and the economics of news, and he held to investigative reporting, international coverage, and strict editorial standards throughout. His record rests on the more than one thousand stories he filed from around the world and on the reporters whose work he edited, mentored, and championed.

The Name He Gave Away: Scott Kraft and the Hero System of the Desk

Each spring a few editors sit in a room at Columbia University and decide whose names will be cut into the record. The entries arrive in binders. There is coffee and there are lanyards and there is a long table, and at the head of it, in more than one of those springs, sits a man who runs the room without lifting his voice. Scott Kraft has chaired Pulitzer juries in Public Service, in International Reporting, in Explanatory Reporting, in Illustrated Reporting and Commentary, in Editorial Writing. He has chaired the Selden Ring. His task in that room is to confer the sacred object of his trade, the name in gold, the byline lifted out of the daily churn and fixed in a place where death cannot reach it. He hands out that immortality for a living. He keeps almost none of it for himself.

This is the puzzle the modesty reading cannot solve. Colleagues call Kraft steady, understated, a man who works out of view. His executive editor called him a quiet force. The words flatter, and they explain nothing, because every newsroom holds quiet people who never rose and never edited nine Pulitzers’ worth of other men’s reporting. Modesty is a description. It is not a motive. To find the motive you have to ask what a man is buying when he gives his name away, and for that question Ernest Becker (1924-1974) wrote the book.

Becker’s argument in The Denial of Death runs as follows. Man knows he will die, and the animal that knows it cannot live with the knowing. So the culture hands him a hero system, a set of rules for earning significance inside a scheme that outlasts the body. The hero system tells him what counts as a life that counted. It promises that if he plays the part, some piece of him survives the grave: a name, a bloodline, a building, a doctrine, a record. The promise is a lie the way all consolation is a lie, and it is also the only thing standing between a man and the terror, so he believes it with his whole chest. The trouble starts when you notice that the cultures issue different rules, and that the same word can name salvation in one system and pollution in the next.

Take the word at the center of Kraft’s life. The name. The byline. Credit for the work.

On a freeway overpass at three in the morning a boy is hanging off a sign gantry with a can that hisses in the cold, and he is writing his name. Not his given name. The other one, the one he made. He will never meet the forty thousand drivers who read it at dawn. He does not want to meet them. He wants the mark, up high, where the buff crews cannot reach, repeated across the county until the name is harder to erase than the boy who carries it. For the writer the name is the whole project. Significance is fame without a face, the tag multiplied past the span of any single life. He risks his neck for it because the risk is the point. A name that costs nothing saves no one.

A thousand miles from that overpass a monk bends over a manuscript he will not sign. His Rule forbids the wanting of the name. To crave it is the sin the whole life is built to burn out of him. He copies the page, and another man will copy it after him, and the line of unsigned pages runs back to men whose graves no one can find, and this is not a loss to him. It is the road. He buys his significance by subtraction. He disappears into something that does not die, and the disappearing is the salvation, and a byline would be a stain on it.

In a glass office above a parking structure a founder is on his fourth pitch of the day, and the name on the deck is his own. It is on the building lease and the cap table and the press release that goes out when the round closes. The name is the asset. He has turned his own significance into equity and he sells slices of it to men who believe, as he does, that to put your name on the thing and watch the thing grow is to win the only game that pays out after you are gone. He would no more give the name away than burn the cash.

In a studio with the lights low a session player lays down the hook on a record the whole country will hum, and his name goes nowhere. Maybe the small type on the sleeve. Maybe not. He does not live for the sleeve. He lives for the callback, for the nod from the leader across the glass, for the standing of his playing among the few players who can hear what he did. The room’s respect is his immortality, passed hand to hand inside a guild that the public never sees.

Five men, one word, five religions. The writer worships the name. The monk dies to it. The founder sells it. The player trades it for the guild’s regard. And Kraft sits at an angle to all of them, because he wants what the writer and the founder want, to outlast the body, to feel his life counted in a scheme larger than his span, and he goes after it by the monk’s road and the player’s road. He pours the self into the work and lets the name run off into other people’s bylines. He builds, across forty years, a hero system of the desk.

Look at how he talks about the work and the system shows itself. He calls journalism a team sport. He calls it a daily miracle. He says he still marvels at how it all comes together, that he loves the cooperative spirit of a newsroom gathered to cover a story. A man defending his own byline does not reach for the first person plural. Kraft reaches for it every time. The unit of significance, for him, is the collective effort and the durable record it leaves, and his place in that record is the place of the man who made the record possible and stayed off its face. He once reported more than eleven hundred stories from three continents and wrote more than a hundred Column One pieces with his name on top. Then he climbed off the page. The byline he had earned he set down, and from the desk he conferred bylines on the reporters he edited and mentored and championed, and his immortality became theirs, vicarious, institutional, paid out through the generations he trained.

There is one more figure he reaches for, and it gives the whole thing away. Reflecting on the reporting of catastrophes such as the Haiti earthquake, Kraft compares the discipline of journalists who keep working amid the suffering to that of emergency-room physicians who do the same. He is borrowing a neighboring hero system to make sense of his own. The surgeon’s religion runs on competence in the presence of death: you do the work while people die around you, the patient forgets your name by the time the anesthesia clears, and your standing lives among other surgeons who know what the save required. That is the desk, rendered in scrubs. Kraft recognizes the kinship because it is his kinship. Both men buy their significance by performing well in the face of the thing no one survives, and both let the saved party walk off carrying the credit.

Now the part the modesty reading hides, the part worth the price of a tenth essay in this vein. The desk’s hero system carries a danger the founder’s does not, and the danger sits in the very move that makes it noble.

If your name is your immortality, you can be forgotten and then recovered, because the name is a handle the future can grab. The founder’s company can fail and his name might still be spoken, the building might still stand, the equity might still trace back to him. But if you give the name away, if you pour the self into an institution and into other people’s bylines, then you are mortal in a sharper sense. You left no handle. The instant the institution stops remembering you, you are gone, and there is no name lying in the record for some later hand to lift back into the light. The desk’s salvation runs entirely through the survival of the thing you served.

And the thing Kraft served is shrinking under him. The Los Angeles Times that was the vehicle of his significance now sheds staff in waves, answers to a single owner, Patrick Soon-Shiong (b. 1952), and lurches through public crises of its own purpose, the spiked endorsement, the resignations, the senior editors asked to hold the newsroom together while the masthead changes hands. Kraft sat near the center of that holding action. The wager of his life, that a man does best to disappear into an institution larger and longer-lived than himself, was a sound wager when the institution looked eternal. It is a wager in doubt now, because the institution looks mortal too.

You can watch him answer the doubt. Among his charges as editor at large is a project to turn original Times reporting into books. Read it through Becker and the move is plain. The newspaper is the most perishable of records, written to be thrown out by noon. The book endures. To harden the day’s reporting into a bound thing on a shelf is to take the monk’s unsigned manuscript and the founder’s monument and fuse them, to give the collective work a body that might outlast the failing institution that produced it. It is a man shoring up the vehicle of his immortality against the chance that the vehicle gives out first.

So return to the jury room at Columbia. The binders, the coffee, the long table, the man at the head running it without raising his voice. He reads the entries and weighs them and, with the others, decides whose name goes into the gold. He has done this in six categories across the years, and he will tell you, if you ask, that journalism is a team sport and a daily miracle and that he marvels still at how it comes together. Every word is true and every word is also the creed of his particular faith, the faith that a man earns his place in the scheme of things by making the record possible and keeping his face off it. He hands the immortality across the table to someone else. He has been handing it across the table for forty years. The name he never quite stopped earning is the one he keeps choosing not to take.

The Consecrator: Scott Kraft as a Position in the Field

Twice over, the entries come to him in stacks. In one season they arrive at Columbia for the Pulitzers, bound and tabbed, and Scott Kraft sits at the head of the table as chair. In another they cross his desk at the Los Angeles Times as contest submissions, the paper’s own bids for the prizes that rank one newsroom above another. He reads, he weighs, he confers. He has chaired Pulitzer juries in Public Service, International Reporting, Explanatory Reporting, Illustrated Reporting and Commentary, and Editorial Writing, and before chairing them he served on them, and alongside that he has chaired the Selden Ring for investigative reporting. Inside his own newsroom he keeps the standards and practices, decides which work goes forward for honors, and sets the terms by which the paper judges itself. The trade has a plain name. He hands out symbolic capital for a living.

The temptation is to read all this as character. Colleagues call him steady and understated, a man of judgment, a quiet force. The words describe a person. They explain nothing, because judgment and modesty are common and command is rare, and the question is what converts the one into the other. Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) gives the apparatus for the answer, and the answer reads Kraft not as a temperament but as a position in a structure.

Bourdieu’s claim is that a field of cultural production, journalism among them, runs as a space of positions, each defined by the kinds of capital it holds and by its distance from the others. There is economic capital, the money. There is cultural capital, the competence and the credentials. There is social capital, the network. And there is symbolic capital, which is any of the others once it has been recognized as legitimate, once the field agrees to treat it as honor rather than as mere advantage. The field has two poles. At one pole sits heteronomy, the pull of the market and the audience and the owner, the reward that comes from outside the craft. At the other sits autonomy, the internal hierarchy, the esteem of practitioners who answer to the craft’s own rules and look down on the sale. Agents accumulate capital, convert one kind into another, and take up positions. The positions, not the personalities, set the terms of the game.

Trace Kraft’s path and you watch the accumulation. He takes a journalism degree from Kansas State in 1977, works the wires for the Associated Press across Missouri, Kansas, and New York, and reaches a Pulitzer finalist’s standing in feature writing by 1984. The Los Angeles Times hires him that year into its Chicago bureau and sends him abroad, and over a decade as bureau chief in Nairobi, Johannesburg, and Paris he files more than eleven hundred stories and writes more than a hundred Column One pieces, the paper’s front-page enterprise slot. He covers the end of apartheid, the collapse of Somalia, the African AIDS epidemic, the Haiti earthquake. The honors land: the Society of Professional Journalists award for foreign correspondence in 1992, the Robert F. Kennedy award for international reporting. Each story and each prize is symbolic capital banked, the field’s recognition that this man has done the thing the field most respects, reported hard news from hard places and rendered it with care.

Then comes the move that defines the second half of the career, and field theory names it cleanly. Kraft converts. The prestige earned at the autonomous pole, the correspondent’s hard-won standing among reporters, he turns into editorial command. He becomes national editor and runs a seventy-five-person department through September 11, Columbine, the Florida recount, Katrina. He becomes managing editor over Metro, National, International, Investigations, Page One, Column One. In 2022 the executive editor, Kevin Merida, names him editor at large for enterprise and special projects, with the standards and practices and the contest submissions in his keeping. The capital he gathered as a writer he spends as a power to anoint other writers. This conversion is the cleanest part of the story, and it answers the puzzle of how a man so reluctant to claim the stage came to run it. He did not abandon the field’s currency when he left the page. He carried it to the desk and changed it into a higher denomination, the authority to say what the field’s currency is worth.

Now the byline, and here the structure does its most counterintuitive work. Kraft reported with his name on top for years and then climbed off the page and stayed off it. Colleagues read the renunciation as humility. Read as a position-taking it becomes the opposite of a withdrawal. In the journalistic field the personal brand belongs to the heteronomous pole. The brand answers to the audience, the ratings, the market, the self as product. The man who builds a brand declares an interest, and a declared interest, in the field’s internal accounting, is a debt. The man who renounces the brand takes up the position of the disinterested party, the one presumed to serve the craft rather than himself, and disinterestedness is the most prized and most field-specific capital of all. Bourdieu’s phrase for it is the interest in disinterestedness. The keeper of standards has to appear to want nothing for himself, because his power rests on the belief that his judgments answer to the rules and not to his advantage. Kraft’s authority grows as he renounces the byline because the renunciation is the credential. The consecrator cannot be seen to crave consecration. By giving up the name he qualifies to dispense it.

What everyone calls his judgment, then, names something the frame can locate. Bourdieu’s word is habitus, the embodied feel for the game that a long position in the field lays down in a man until it reads to him and to others as instinct, as taste, as character. Kraft’s feel for what counts as excellent reporting is the deposited history of forty years at the autonomous pole, and the field recognizes it as judgment because the field shares the dispositions that produced it. When he keeps the standards and practices he codifies the doxa, the things the field takes for granted, the unspoken sense of what a serious newspaper does and does not do. The standards look like ethics. As a position they are the rules of the game written down by a man the game has authorized to write them.

The OPC presidency extends the same logic past the walls of one paper. Elected and returned for a second term in 2024, Kraft speaks for foreign correspondents and for press freedom and for the reporters who lack the backing a large organization provides. The role consecrates the consecrator. It ratifies, at the level of the profession, the standing he built at the level of the paper, and it widens the field over which his recognition runs.

Here the structure begins to strain, and the strain is the part worth following. Capital is field-specific, and its rate of exchange depends on the field holding its shape. Bourdieu’s term for the trouble that follows a sudden change in the field is hysteresis, the lag of a habitus tuned to a world that no longer exists. The capital Kraft accumulated is the capital of the autonomous pole, valuable so long as the field keeps the autonomous pole at the top of its hierarchy. The Los Angeles Times that consecrated him is shrinking now, shedding staff, answering to a single owner, and the heteronomous pole has begun to reassert itself against the autonomous one. When the owner moved to block the paper’s presidential endorsement and the opinion editors resigned, the field watched the pole of outside power override the pole of internal craft, the precise inversion of the order on which Kraft’s standing rests. He sat near the center of the senior team asked to hold the newsroom together through it. His position is the position of a man whose capital was minted by an autonomous field, at the moment that field’s autonomy is in question. The consecrator’s blessing keeps its value only while the institution that backs the currency keeps its own.

Watch him answer the strain, and the answer is a capital-conservation move. Among his charges is a project to turn original Times reporting into books. In field terms the book carries a different and more durable consecration than the newspaper, which the market discards by noon. To bind the day’s reporting into a volume is to move the work toward the autonomous pole and the long memory of the literary field, away from the perishable and increasingly heteronomous newspaper that produced it. It is an agent shifting his holdings as the rate of exchange turns against the bank he banked in.

So return to the table at Columbia, the stacks, the tabs, the man at the head of the room. He reads the entries and confers the prize and keeps his own name off the list, and the keeping-off is not the absence of a strategy. It is the strategy. He occupies the position of the one above the contest, and from that position he names the winners of it, and the position grew from a writer’s capital converted, across forty years, into a consecrator’s power. The field made him by the same operation through which he now remakes the field, the slow exchange of recognition for the authority to recognize. What looks like a quiet man declining the stage is a structure naming the place from which the stage is run.

Posted in Journalism, Los Angeles Times | Comments Off on Scott Kraft: Foreign Correspondent and Newsroom Editor

Terry Tang and the Custody of the Los Angeles Times

Terry Tang (b. circa 1959) is an American journalist, editor, and former lawyer who has served as executive editor of the Los Angeles Times since April 2024. She is the first woman to lead the newspaper’s newsroom in its history, and she holds that post while retaining oversight of the Opinion section, a combination of duties that gives her authority over both reported journalism and institutional editorial voice. Her appointment came at a low point in the financial and institutional life of the paper, after a large round of newsroom layoffs and the departure of her predecessor, and her tenure has unfolded against the steady contraction of metropolitan print journalism in the United States.

There’s nothing in her biography that shows she is remotely qualified to be the Editor of any major newsroom.

According to LATimes.com:

Terry Tang is the executive editor of the Los Angeles Times, overseeing the newsroom and the Opinion section. She was appointed to her role in 2024, becoming the first female editor in the paper’s 142-year history.

Tang joined The Times in July 2019 as a deputy Op-Ed editor after two years at the American Civil Liberties Union, where she served as director of publications and editorial. She was named editorial page editor in 2022.

Before that, she worked at the New York Times for 20 years in many positions: as deputy editorial page editor; op-ed editor; assistant editorial page editor; editorial writer; deputy technology editor; metro desk major beats editor; and co-founder and editor of Room for Debate, an online platform for rapid-response commentary. Prior to that, she was an editorial writer and columnist at the Seattle Times and a reporter at the Seattle Weekly.

Tang graduated from Yale with a bachelor’s degree in economics and received a J.D. from New York University School of Law. She was a Nieman fellow at Harvard in 1992-93. Her family immigrated to Los Angeles from Taiwan, and she grew up in Gardena.

She is an opinion person. Editorial writer, op-ed editor, deputy editorial page editor, editorial page editor. The one stretch of hard-news management is thin: deputy technology editor and metro major-beats editor at the New York Times, years ago, in the middle of a career whose center of gravity is the editorial page. The executive editor of a major metropolitan paper runs the newsroom, the reporting operation, and that is the part of the building where her record is lightest. Papers almost always reach for a career news editor for that chair, someone who came up through reporting and desk management, not someone whose life’s work is the opinion side. By the normal logic of the field she is the wrong person for the job.

So the question is what got her the chair?

The most obvious answer is that she is trusted by the owner. She has run his Opinion section since 2022. When Kevin Merida left in January 2024 in the wreckage of a fight with Soon-Shiong over editorial interference and after a brutal layoff round, the owner did not want another long external search ending in another independent-minded news veteran who might fight him. He wanted continuity and control. The interim tag in January, then the permanent appointment in April, reads as a man reaching for the senior person he already had, already knew, and already found congenial, rather than for the best newsroom operator available.

There is a second reading. The first-woman-in-142-years line sounds good. A paper bleeding subscribers and reputation, owned by a man already accused of meddling, gains something from an appointment the press will cover as a milestone.

Tang was born in Taipei, Taiwan. Her father served as a diplomat for the Republic of China, work that took the family to Japan before they immigrated to the United States when she was six. They settled in Gardena, California, in the South Bay region of Los Angeles County, and Tang grew up there among the mixed immigrant and working populations of postwar Southern California. She has returned to that early attachment to the region in public remarks, framing it as a source of her sense of what California is and whom the Los Angeles Times serves.

She earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Yale University and a Juris Doctor from New York University School of Law. She trained as an attorney and then left law for journalism, a path she has described as a more direct route into public argument and the holding of institutions to account. The legal training marks her editorial habits. She attends to evidence, to questions of fairness and due process, to constitutional law, and to the structure of public policy, and these concerns recur across her work in opinion journalism. During the 1992-93 academic year she held a Nieman Fellowship at Harvard University, a midcareer award that sits among the more selective honors in American journalism.

Tang began in the press in the Pacific Northwest. She joined Seattle Weekly as a staff writer, then moved to The Seattle Times, where she wrote editorials and a column. There she covered regional politics, government, and civic affairs and built the craft of editorial writing that defined much of her later career.

The longest chapter of her working life ran about twenty years at The New York Times. She moved through a sequence of editorial posts across opinion, metropolitan news, technology, and digital publishing: editorial writer, assistant editorial page editor, deputy technology editor, major beats editor on the metro desk, op-ed editor, and deputy editorial page editor. Among her more lasting contributions was the founding and editing of Room for Debate, a digital opinion forum that gathered scholars, journalists, policymakers, and other experts to argue competing positions on public questions. The project reflected a view she has held throughout her career, that opinion journalism should widen informed argument rather than enforce a single line.

In 2017 she left daily journalism to become director of publications and editorial at the American Civil Liberties Union. She supervised the editorial output of one of the country’s principal civil liberties organizations through a period of heavy constitutional litigation and sharp political division. The post moved her outside commercial newspaper work for two years and deepened a familiarity with civil liberties and constitutional argument that her legal training had begun.

She joined the Los Angeles Times in July 2019 as deputy op-ed editor. The paper had passed in 2018 to the biotechnology entrepreneur Patrick Soon-Shiong, who bought it from Tribune and returned it to local ownership after two decades of cutbacks, circulation decline, and changes at the top. Tang helped manage opinion coverage across politics, economics, science, culture, technology, and California public affairs. In 2022 she became editorial page editor and took charge of the Opinion section, where she sought to widen the range of contributors while holding a clear line between reported news and the paper’s editorial positions.

In January 2024 the executive editor Kevin Merida resigned, and the paper carried out one of the largest newsroom reductions in its modern history. Tang was named interim executive editor. She reorganized newsroom leadership, promoting Hector Becerra to managing editor and moving Maria L. La Ganga into Becerra’s former role, and she shifted emphasis back toward original reporting on California government, immigration, climate, technology, and local affairs. On April 8, 2024, the paper removed the interim title and named her executive editor, making her the first woman to lead the newsroom since the paper’s founding in December 1881. She kept oversight of Opinion alongside the newsroom.

Her central argument as an editor concerns the value of a metropolitan newspaper at a moment when local papers face falling advertising revenue, competition from digital platforms, and public distrust of the press. She has held that the paper’s worth lies in reporting that readers cannot find through aggregation, social media, or national outlets, and she has organized her newsroom around that claim.

The sharpest episode of her tenure came in October 2024. Soon-Shiong decided that the paper would make no endorsement in the presidential election, though the editorial board had prepared one. The editorial page editor Mariel Garza resigned in protest, as did the editorial board members Robert Greene and Karin Klein, and the paper lost thousands of subscriptions amid criticism from parts of the staff. The decision rested with the owner and not with Tang, yet she carried the responsibility of leading the newsroom through the turmoil while holding reader confidence in the paper’s reporting.

She has become a visible public voice on the condition of journalism. In April 2025 she joined a keynote conversation at the International Symposium on Online Journalism in Austin, where she discussed newsroom restructuring, economic pressure, and the problem of editorial independence under private ownership. In February 2026 she spoke at the Athenaeum of Claremont McKenna College on the threats facing American journalism, the erosion of public trust, and the importance of strong local newsrooms. She framed those remarks against a darkening backdrop: government suits against broadcasters and publishers, the arrest of reporters covering protests, the end of the print edition of The Atlanta Journal-Constitution, and a round of roughly three hundred job cuts at The Washington Post.

Her leadership has also coincided with corporate change at the paper. In 2025 Soon-Shiong announced plans to reorganize Los Angeles Times Media Group and to pursue public ownership through a Regulation A offering and an eventual stock listing. The timetable has moved, but the proposal points to a continuing search for a financially sustainable model for one of the largest metropolitan papers in the country. Tang therefore leads the newsroom through editorial and technological change and through a reworking of the paper’s ownership structure at the same time.

Her career gathers several of the larger shifts in American journalism into a single biography. Many earlier newspaper editors rose through reporting alone. Tang combines legal training, opinion journalism, digital publishing, nonprofit communications, and executive management of a newsroom. Her path tracks the move of journalism from print to digital while she has worked through the economic strain, political division, and technological disruption that have reshaped the industry.

Her work illustrates the changing relation between news and opinion. She spent much of her career running editorial pages before she took charge of a whole newsroom, and she has held that reported journalism and institutional opinion serve distinct functions that complement each other. She has tried to keep the older separation between reporting and editorial advocacy while acknowledging that digital platforms now place both before readers inside one stream.

As executive editor she runs one of the most influential regional news organizations in the United States. Under her the paper continues to cover California politics, immigration, climate, technology, entertainment, and the Pacific Rim. Her tenure has become a case study in whether a legacy metropolitan newspaper can sustain ambitious public interest journalism while it adapts to the financial and technological conditions of the present century.

What Would be the Signs Tang is in Over Her Head?

Most of these you cannot read off the public record, because the failure modes of a newsroom run mostly through internal channels a blogger does not see. What follows is what would show, and what each sign would and would not prove.
Start with departures, since they leak. The clearest sign is senior news talent leaving faster than a normal cycle and landing at rivals. An executive editor who cannot run a newsroom loses the people who actually run it for her, the masthead deputies and the investigations chief and the desk heads who came up through reporting. Watch whether the managing editor she installed, Hector Becerra, and the people she elevated stay or go. Watch whether departing reporters cite leadership rather than money or the industry when they explain the move, on the way out or six months later in a podcast. A second sign in the same family is the failed outside hire: she tries to recruit a marquee editor or star reporter to shore up the news side and cannot close, or closes and the person leaves inside a year. That pattern says the field has judged the operation and declined.
The structural tell, given her resume, is the news side. Her record is opinion. If she is in over her head, the weakness shows where her experience is thinnest: the reporting. Signs would be a thin investigations output relative to the paper’s history and budget, big California and national stories the paper gets beaten on in its own backyard, scoops going to the times of New York and the Post and the local nonprofits while the Los Angeles Times runs second. A newsroom led by someone who does not instinctively know how reporting gets made tends to drift toward the work the leader does understand, which for her is commentary and analysis and explainer, and away from the expensive, slow, original reporting that is the only thing her own indispensability argument rests on. If the paper’s center of gravity slides from breaking and investigating toward opining and aggregating, that is the resume reasserting itself under pressure.
A leader defaults to what he understands. If an editor does not know how to budget, legally protect, and structurally sustain a six-month investigative project, the newsroom naturally shifts toward aggregation, essays, and analysis. It is cheaper, faster, and matches the leader’s vocabulary. The danger for a paper like the Los Angeles Times is that commentary does not justify the cost of a major metro daily subscription.
Corrections and retractions are a visible proxy for whether the editing machine underneath her is sound. A rise in serious corrections, a major story walked back, an editor’s note appended to something that should have been caught, a libel settlement, each says the verification layer is not holding. One of these is noise. A cluster over a year is signal, and it is the kind of signal that reaches the public because the paper has to print it.
Then the labor relationship. The Los Angeles Times has a strong union, the Guild, and the Guild is a sensor that publishes its readings. Signs of trouble: a vote of no confidence, which is the loudest one and unambiguous; public Guild statements naming newsroom leadership rather than the owner or the business side; bylines withheld in protest; a public fight over layoffs in which the staff aims at her judgment about who got cut rather than at the cuts themselves. The distinction matters. Staff anger at the owner over money is the normal weather of this paper and tells you nothing about her. Staff anger at her over editorial judgment, story decisions, who she protected and who she sacrificed, is the diagnostic one.
Institutional tension with Patrick Soon-Shiong over money, cuts, and the business model is a permanent feature of the Los Angeles Times. It is background noise. But the moment the Guild shifts its target from the owner’s checkbook to the editor’s judgment, the character of the crisis changes. When a newsroom union strikes or protests over editorial integrity, story killing, or the protection of certain desks over others during a reorganization, they are signaling that the internal shield has failed.
The crisis-handling tell is whether the next owner intervention produces resignations again. October 2024 cost her three editorial-side people, but she was not the author of that decision and the news side held. The question is what happens at the second incident. If Soon-Shiong reaches into a news story, not opinion, and reporters or desk editors resign over it citing her failure to defend them, that is the load-bearing failure, because protecting the newsroom from the owner is the part of the job the field cares about most and the part her staying-power in 2024 left untested. An editor who keeps her own chair by not fighting, while her people leave because she did not fight for them, is something her appointment risked.
Watch the owner relationship from the other side too. Signs she has no real authority: Soon-Shiong or his family publicly contradicting her, announcing editorial or structural decisions she did not telegraph, floating a search for new leadership, or installing someone above or beside her with overlapping authority. The reorganization-and-IPO machinery he has been running is the obvious vehicle. If a restructuring quietly narrows her portfolio, peels Opinion back off, or inserts a publisher-level figure who sets direction, the title stays and the job hollows. That can happen to a competent person and would not by itself prove incapacity, but combined with the other signs it would read as the owner having concluded she cannot carry the newsroom alone.
Two softer tells. First, her own public voice. If the threats-to-journalism litany hardens into the main thing she is known for saying, if the public performance is all defense of the institution in the abstract and never a specific journalistic win she can point to, that can mean there are few wins to point to. An editor doing the job well talks about the story the paper just broke. An editor in trouble talks about the conditions of the industry. Second, metrics, to the degree they surface: subscriptions, traffic, the trajectory of the digital-subscription number Soon-Shiong has tied his public-ownership plans to. These move for a dozen reasons that are not her, so they are the least diagnostic, but a sustained decline that management blames on the market while rivals grow is at least consistent with leadership that is not delivering.
Every one of these signs has an innocent reading. Departures track the industry’s contraction and the owner’s cuts. Beaten stories happen to good newsrooms. Union anger at this paper is chronic and mostly aimed at the business side for cause. A hollowed portfolio can be the owner’s failure rather than hers. Any single sign proves nothing. What would amount to a real case is convergence: senior news people leaving and naming leadership, the reporting output thinning where her experience is thinnest, the verification layer slipping into public view, the Guild turning its fire from the owner to her, and a second owner intervention that produces resignations she did not prevent. That combination would be hard to explain except as a person miscast for the part of the job she never did before. Short of it, what you have is an opinion editor running a newsroom in a declining industry under a difficult owner, which is hard for anyone and not yet evidence of drowning.
What none of this can see is the thing that would settle it, the internal record: the story meetings, the memos, the calls she made on what to chase and what to kill, the people she kept and lost and why. That is where the answer lives, and it does not reach the blog until someone who was in the room decides to talk.
Here is a clear-eyed status check against those signs as of June 2026, roughly two years into Tang’s tenure as Executive Editor.

Departures and failed hires

Hector Becerra (the managing editor she installed in early 2024) is still in the role according to the current newsroom directory. There have been additional rounds of buyouts and layoffs (including administrative staff in 2025). Public explanations from departing journalists have mostly stayed in the normal register for this paper: money, industry contraction, owner decisions. No large wave of senior news-side masthead people publicly naming Tang’s leadership as the reason and then landing at direct competitors.
Failed high-profile outside hires to bolster the news side have not been a visible pattern either.
Reading so far: Churn exists and is painful, but it does not yet show the distinctive “senior operators fleeing a leader they no longer trust” signal at scale.

News output and center of gravity

This is the hardest sign to measure cleanly from the outside. The LA Times still produces serious California and national reporting, but the paper has been under sustained financial pressure with repeated cuts. There is no clear public data showing a dramatic collapse in original investigations relative to its recent history, nor a consistent pattern of being beaten on its own backyard stories by the New York Times, Washington Post, or local nonprofits in a way that stands out from the broader industry trend.
What is visible is the owner’s restructuring push. Soon-Shiong has been combining the paper with studios, esports, and other assets under a “LA Times Next Network” vehicle and moving toward a public offering (targeted around 2026–2027, with some hedging). The core news business reportedly lost money in 2025 but was projected to break even in 2026. That environment naturally pushes resources toward efficiency and visible content rather than slow, expensive original reporting.
Reading so far: The slide toward commentary/explainer work that the framework flags is plausible under these constraints, but it is not yet obvious enough in public output to serve as strong evidence of Tang personally drifting the paper away from reporting.

Corrections, retractions, and verification failures

No cluster of high-profile corrections, walked-back major stories, or libel issues that have dominated coverage of the paper in 2025–2026. One or two incidents would be noise; nothing resembling a pattern has surfaced publicly.
Reading: Quiet on this front.

Labor relationship and Guild focus

The Guild remains active, as it has been for years. Anger continues to be directed primarily at the business side and owner over cuts and resources. There has not been a public vote of no confidence aimed at Tang, nor a shift where the union’s statements single out her editorial judgment, story decisions, or who she protected versus sacrificed. Bylines withheld or other protest actions tied specifically to her have not been prominent.
Reading: Chronic owner/staff tension, but not yet redirected at Tang in the diagnostic way the framework describes.

Owner interventions and resignations

The October 2024 episode (owner blocking/altering the presidential endorsement process) produced Opinion-side resignations, but the news side largely held and Tang was not the decision-maker. Since then, Soon-Shiong’s main public moves have been structural and financial (IPO preparations, combining assets, efficiency drive). There are no reports of a second major intervention into a news story that produced resignations citing Tang’s failure to defend the newsroom.
Reading: The load-bearing test the framework identifies has not yet been run in a visible way.

Her public voice and metrics

Tang has spoken in public forums (including 2025–2026 appearances) about industry challenges, layoffs, financial strain, and the need for journalistic independence. This fits the “defending the institution in the abstract” pattern more than spotlighting specific recent scoops or wins.
Subscription and traffic numbers are opaque and move for many reasons; the company has emphasized moving toward break-even on the news side amid the broader restructuring.

Assessment

As of mid-2026, the signs have not converged that she is in over her head.

Hero System

The building sits in El Segundo, near the airport, a glass office block on Imperial Highway with rental-car lots and aerospace tenants for neighbors. The paper moved there in 2018 from the downtown building it had held for most of a century, the one with the eagle over the door and the name cut into stone. A driver passing the new address might take it for an insurance firm. Inside it, several hundred people make a thing dated 1881.
The date is the work’s claim on permanence. A newspaper of record promises its people a kind of afterlife. Your byline goes into the bound volumes and the morgue and the database, and the institution carries it forward after you stop breathing. The masthead outranks any single editor, and serving it well earns a place in something that does not die when you do. This is the hero system Terry Tang entered as a young writer in Seattle and now governs from the glass box by the runways. Ernest Becker (1924-1974) developed the frame in The Denial of Death. Men build symbolic projects to outlast the body. The project tells you what counts as significance, and it converts the animal fact of dying into the human hope of mattering. A hero system is the local answer to oblivion, and its central words carry the whole weight of that answer.
Tang’s central word is independence. She uses it the way her trade uses it, to mean a press that stands apart from the powers it covers, owing its judgments to evidence and to readers and to no one else. Around it sit the other holy terms of the newsroom: trust, the public interest, voice, the wall between reporting and opinion. When she speaks in public she reaches for them without strain, because inside her hero system they need no defense. She told an audience at Claremont McKenna in February 2026 that the work newsrooms do is the thing under threat, and she meant the independent work, the reporting a reader cannot get from aggregation or a press release. The owner who hired her, Patrick Soon-Shiong (b. 1952), used the same register at her appointment, calling the paper a pillar of democracy and praising its attention to voices that go unheard.
Hold the word independence up against other lives and it stops being one thing.
A Carthusian in his cell treats independence as the enemy. The point of the order is to kill the separate self, to surrender the will, to become nothing apart from God. What the journalist consecrates, the monk renounces. Autonomy is the sin he came to the mountain to starve.
A man relearning to dress after a stroke means by independence the dignity of buttoning his own shirt without his daughter’s hands. His hero system is the body and its small recovered competences. The word names the floor of a life, not its summit.
A central banker uses independence as a term of art. It marks the insulation of monetary policy from the politician who wants cheap money before an election. The sacred thing is the distance from the voter, a technocratic remove that the journalist, who serves the public, might find cold.
An Algerian who was a child in 1962 hears in independence the war and the dead and the tricolor coming down. The word is sovereignty bought at a price, and it was the colonizer’s word too, spoken while the occupation held. The journalist’s polished usage might strike him as a luxury good.
A founder with venture money on the cap table means by independence the round she did not raise, the board seat she did not give away, control of the company she built. Her hero system is the firm and the wealth and the proof of her own judgment. Independence there is leverage, a thing you trade and guard, closer to property than to conscience.
Set Tang’s independence beside these and it shrinks to its true size. It is parochial. It makes sense inside the cathedral of the press and nowhere else. To the monk it looks like pride, to the founder like an asset, to the colonized like a word with blood on it. The journalist treats independence as the load-bearing beam of a temple. Outside the temple it is a plank that holds up other roofs, or none.
That parochial quality does not make the value small to the people who hold it. It makes it total. And totality is why a routine decision in October 2024 detonated.
Soon-Shiong decided the paper would endorse no one for president. The editorial board had prepared an endorsement. He stopped it. The editorial page editor Mariel Garza resigned, and the board members Robert Greene and Karin Klein resigned, and thousands of readers canceled. The dispute looked from outside like a quarrel over one race. Inside the hero system it was a breach of the holy thing. To stay and accept the owner’s hand on the editorial would be to admit that the independence was always conditional, that the work served the patron and not the public, that the bound volumes record stenography. For a journalist of the older faith, that admission is a small death. It says the life did not buy what the hero system promised it would buy. Garza did not resign over a candidate. She resigned because the contract that converts daily labor into lasting significance had been shown to have an owner’s clause.
The collision is sharper than owner against staff. It is two rescuers, each certain he is saving the same temple, each seeing the other as the man defiling it.
Soon-Shiong’s hero system is not the newsroom’s. He is a surgeon and a biotech entrepreneur whose life’s project is the defeat of death in the literal register, the cancer drug, the cure. His relation to the paper is the relation of a rescuer to the thing he saved. He bought it from Tribune in 2018 and returned it to local hands after two decades of cutting. In his telling, a paper that joins the herd of partisan endorsers lowers itself, and a paper that abstains rises above the fray. He experiences the non-endorsement as an elevation. He experiences the resignations as betrayal by the people whose institution he kept alive. Inside his project the word independence means standing clear of the political tribe. Inside theirs it means standing clear of him. The same five syllables, two cathedrals, and no shared floor on which the argument can be settled, because each speaker hears the other profaning a word that holds up his sky.
Tang stands in the middle of this. She did not order the non-endorsement. The decision sat with the owner. Her duty was to keep the newsroom running through a desecration she could neither command nor reverse. She is the priest who must hold the liturgy together after the patron has moved the altar and the most devout of the congregation have walked out. She kept reporting on the front, reorganized her leadership, promoted Hector Becerra and moved Maria L. La Ganga, and turned the staff back toward the work that the hero system can still consecrate, the reporting no rival can match. A priest can do that. He can keep the daily office through a crisis of the patron. What he cannot do is pretend the altar never moved.
Her standing is doubled by a second hero system she occupies at the same time. She is the first woman to lead the newsroom in the paper’s history, the first in 142 years. That is its own route to permanence, immortality through being the one history records as having opened the door. The barrier-breaker enters the record by going first. And the two projects arrived in the same season. She reached the highest mortal honor her trade confers, command of the newsroom and a line in the history of the institution, in the same months the institution’s independence was shown to have a ceiling. The honor and the wound came together. She wears the laurel of the first woman to run the place and the burden of running it through the hour its conscience resigned.
Return to Becker and the comparative passage pays out. A hero system is the local answer to a particular death, and the holy word names the death it wards off. Ask of each independence what oblivion it holds at bay.
The monk’s surrender wards off the death of the proud separate self, which Becker would call the lie at the root of the project, and the monk has simply chosen a different and older system to die into. The stroke patient’s buttoned shirt wards off the death of helplessness, the slow erasure of the man inside the failing body. The central banker’s distance wards off the death of the currency, the inflationary ruin that follows when policy bends to the next election. The Algerian’s sovereignty wards off the death of the people, the erasure that occupation performs on a nation’s record of itself. The founder’s control wards off the death of subordination, the verdict that her judgment was never her own.
The journalist’s independence wards off the death of meaninglessness. The fear under the word is that the work was only a job, that the archive records nothing that needed an honest witness, that the byline in the bound volume marks a life spent flattering power and calling it service. A press that can be told what to print is a press whose people served the patron and will be forgotten as the patron’s servants. That is the oblivion Garza refused to live inside. That is the reason the resignations felt to the resigners less like a career choice than like an act of faith.
Tang has not resigned, and her choice carries its own theology. She holds that the work survives the breach, that a newsroom can keep its consecrating power even after an owner has overruled its board, that the reporting itself remains the thing that buys a place against oblivion. She might be right. The reporting outlives the endorsement quarrel, and the bound volumes will carry the investigations long after the names of the men who fought over a single presidential race have faded. Or the readers who canceled might be the truer reckoners, the ones who sensed that a word with an owner’s clause has stopped warding off the death it was built to ward off, and that the temple, kept running, has become a building where a service is still performed but the god has gone quiet.
The El Segundo office gives no sign either way. The lights stay on past the runways. The thing dated 1881 goes out each day. And the woman who runs it carries two projects at once, the priest who keeps the office through the patron’s incursion and the first of her kind to hold the post, defending against two different deaths with the same daily work, hoping the word still means what her whole life staked on its meaning.

The Set

Picture the room where the set knows itself. A hotel ballroom in Austin in April, the International Symposium on Online Journalism, lanyards and tote bags, a stage with two armchairs and a low table holding water bottles nobody opens. Terry Tang sits in one chair. The moderator names her titles and the room responds to the phrase first woman, a soft current of approval, because the room keeps a ledger of firsts and likes to be present at the reading of it. Outside the ballroom the trade is dying by the hundred. Inside it, the trade affirms that it is sacred. Both things are true at once, and the set has learned to hold them together without flinching, because holding them together is part of what membership requires.

The set is small. It runs through a handful of mastheads and a smaller handful of credentials. Tang carries the standard pedigree: Yale, then New York University law, then a Nieman year at Harvard in 1992-93, then two decades at The New York Times. The Times is the high altar of the caste, and a person who has served there carries that service for life, the way a man carries the regiment he fought with. She worked under the executive editors of her era, Dean Baquet (b. 1956) and later Joseph Kahn (b. 1964), and beside the opinion people, and she helped build Room for Debate, the forum that gathered the credentialed to argue in public. When she crossed to the Los Angeles Times in 2019 she brought the Times manner with her, the way an officer transferred to a frontier post brings the bearing of the capital.

The local set in El Segundo has its own roster. Patrick Soon-Shiong (b. 1952) owns the paper and stands half inside the set and half outside it, the patron who is not a member of the guild and whom the guild watches with the wariness reserved for a man who signs the checks and does not share the faith. Kevin Merida ran the newsroom before her and left. Mariel Garza ran the editorial page and resigned. The board members Robert Greene and Karin Klein resigned with her. Hector Becerra and Maria L. La Ganga rose when Tang reorganized. Chris Argentieri runs the business side, and the business side is a separate tribe with a separate language, the tribe that says revenue where the newsroom says public interest, and the line between the two tribes is policed with old and practiced suspicion.

What the set values is legible in what it praises and what it will not say in mixed company. It praises the scoop, the investigation, the document nobody else has, the official caught in the lie. It praises the byline in the bound volume and the prize that certifies the byline, the Pulitzer above all, the medal that converts a year of labor into a permanent mark on the name. Robert Greene won one for the board’s editorials on incarceration, and the win sits on him as rank sits on a soldier, visible to everyone in the room who can read the insignia. The set praises the beat held for decades, the source cultivated for a generation, the reporter who knows where the bodies are. And it holds a quieter set of values it states only in its own company: that the work outranks the money, that the people who serve it are a better sort than the people who merely profit, that a life given to the record is a life that counts.

That last belief is the heart of the hero system. The masthead dated 1881 promises its people something a salary cannot. It promises that the work goes into the permanent account of the country, the first rough draft of history, and that a name attached to honest work in that account has bought a small immortality. The set will tell you, in the keynote and the commencement address and the retirement toast, that journalism is how a democracy knows itself, that without the watchdog the powerful run unchecked, that the reporter is the citizen’s proxy in the rooms the citizen cannot enter. These are the load-bearing sentences. They convert a job that pays poorly and ends in layoffs into a vocation that outlasts the body. A man can accept the falling pay and the shrinking newsroom if the work still buys the immortality. The day it stops buying it, he resigns, and the resignation is itself an act of the faith, a refusal to let the sacred thing be shown to have a price.

The status games run on a few axes, and the set plays them without naming them. The first axis is the masthead. The Times of New York sits at the top, then the national papers, then the great regional papers, the Los Angeles Times among them, then the rest in descending order down to the weekly where a career begins. Tang’s path runs up this ladder: Seattle Weekly, then The Seattle Times, then twenty years at the summit in New York, then the high regional command in Los Angeles. Every move up the ladder is a move up in the order of precedence, and the set reads a resume the way a herald reads a coat of arms.

The second axis is the prize and the fellowship. A Nieman year confers membership for life. A Pulitzer confers rank. A Polk, a Loeb, a Peabody, each is a feather, and the feathers are worn at the conferences where the set gathers to confirm one another’s standing. The third axis is the scoop and the byline count, the raw output that says you do the work and do not merely manage it. The fourth is access, the senator who returns your call, the source inside the agency, and access carries a danger the set knows and warns its young about. Too much access and you become the thing they call a stenographer, the reporter who writes down what power says and calls it news, who has traded the watchdog’s bark for a seat at the table. The accusation of access journalism is a demotion in the set’s eyes, a charge that you serve the powerful and not the public.

The fifth axis is newer and the set distrusts it even as it counts it: the follower, the platform, the reporter who is a brand. The young arrive with audiences the old never had, and the old suspect that an audience is not the same as a record, that a viral thread buys attention but not the permanent account. The set has not settled this quarrel. It plays the follower game and disdains the follower game in the same afternoon.

The normative claims are stated as rules of the craft, and the set treats them as obvious rather than as choices. News and opinion must stay apart, the reporting on one side of a wall and the editorial judgment on the other, and a reader must always know which he is reading. The reporter must verify before he prints. He must give the accused a chance to answer. He must keep his own views out of the news column. He must protect the source who risks himself to tell the truth. He must afflict the comfortable and comfort the afflicted, the old slogan that doubles as a moral program. These rules carry the force of commandment inside the set, and a member who breaks them loses standing the way a soldier loses it for cowardice.

Tang embodies the first rule and complicates it at the same time, because she now sits above both the newsroom and the editorial page, holding the wall from the one office that stands on both sides of it. The set notices this and mostly does not say it aloud, because to say it aloud would expose the rule as an arrangement rather than a law of nature.

The essentialist claims sit under the normative ones and give them their heat. The set holds that a journalist is a kind of person, not merely a person with a job. The real reporter has the nose, the instinct for the story, the constitutional inability to leave a lie alone. The set speaks of people who are journalists to the bone and of people who merely work at newspapers, and the distinction is moral, not contractual. It holds that the press is the fourth estate, an organ of the republic as fixed as the three branches, that the watchdog function is built into the nature of the thing and not granted by anyone who might revoke it. It holds that there is a public interest, single and discernible, and that the trained journalist can see it where the layman cannot. These are claims about essence, about what journalism is rather than what it does, and the set needs them, because an essence cannot be laid off. A function can be cut when the revenue falls. An essence endures the cut and reproaches the men who ordered it.

The moral grammar follows from all of this with the regularity of liturgy. There is a holy word, independence, and there are the profane acts that violate it: capitulation, censorship, the owner’s hand on the editorial, the advertiser’s threat honored. There is the villain, the meddling proprietor or the partisan or the censor, and there is the martyr, the one who resigns rather than serve the profane act, and there is the hero, the investigator who brings the powerful down with a document. The set tells its history as a calendar of these figures. Watergate is the founding miracle, the two reporters and the source and the president brought low, the proof that the hero system pays out, that the work can topple a king and earn its people the immortality the masthead promised.

October 2024 entered this grammar at once. Soon-Shiong stopped the presidential endorsement the board had prepared. In the set’s grammar this read as the patron’s hand on the editorial, the profane act in its textbook form. Garza resigned, and Greene and Klein resigned, and the set knew the script for what they had done before the resignations were a day old. They were martyrs in the proper sense, members who paid in their own careers to keep the holy word from being shown to have a price. The thousands of canceled subscriptions were the congregation’s answer, the laity withdrawing its tithe from a temple it judged defiled. And Soon-Shiong, who does not share the faith, experienced the same act as an elevation, a paper rising above the partisan herd, and could not understand why the guild treated his good deed as a desecration. The patron and the priests stood in the same building speaking the same language and meaning opposite things, and the set closed around its martyrs and marked the owner as the man who had touched what he should not have touched.

Tang stood where the grammar gives no clean role. She had not ordered the act and could not undo it. She was the senior priest who stays when the patron moves the altar and the most devout walk out, who keeps the daily office running so the work can go on, and the set holds an unspoken double judgment about such a figure. Staying is loyalty to the institution, which the set honors. Staying is also a kind of accommodation with the profane act, which the set does not honor, and which it will not name to the face of a sitting editor because she is one of their own and because the set protects its own until it does not. She continued to be the first woman to hold the post, and the set kept that entry in its ledger of firsts with full approval, even as it filed the endorsement quarrel under the older and darker heading where it keeps the times the patron’s hand showed and the word independence was found to have a clause.

The Athenaeum talk at Claremont McKenna College in February 2026 showed the set performing its grammar in public. Tang named the threats, the suits against broadcasters, the reporters arrested at protests, the print edition of The Atlanta Journal-Constitution shut, the three hundred cut at The Washington Post. The naming is a rite. The set gathers its losses and recites them, and the recitation does two things at once. It mourns, and it sanctifies. Every closed paper and dismissed reporter becomes a martyr in the longer story, and the longer story is the one that keeps the hero system standing while the revenue falls out from under it. The set cannot save most of the jobs. It can promise that the work was holy and that the people who did it mattered, and in a trade dying by the hundred, that promise is the last thing the masthead has left to give.

The Voice

The diction is the standard tongue of the senior newsroom, and she speaks it without strain. The vocabulary runs to the abstract nouns of the trade: mission, democracy, community, indispensable, the work that matters. Her appointment statement is built from them. The paper and its journalists make a difference every day in the life of California and this nation. It is an honor to lead an institution that serves our community. These are not sentences a person reaches for in private. They are the coins of the guild, minted long before her and spent by every editor who takes a post like hers. The diction tells you she has mastered the official language so completely that she can produce it on cue, which is itself a fact about her: she is fluent in the register that signals belonging, and she does not depart from it in public.
The syntax is declarative. Subject, verb, object. She does not build the long subordinated periods of the essayist, and she does not perform. The sentences are the sentences of someone trained to be understood on first reading by a wide audience, which is the house style of the newspaper itself. This is professional plainness, the prose of a person who has spent forty years cutting other people’s adjectives.
The rhetoric, where you can hear it, runs through a few moves. The first is the recitation of threats, and it is her most characteristic public gesture. At Claremont McKenna she named them in series: the suits against broadcasters, the reporters arrested at protests, the closing of the print Atlanta Journal-Constitution, the three hundred cut at The Washington Post. The list is the instrument. She does not argue that journalism is under threat so much as she enumerates, and the enumeration does the persuading. This is the lawyer’s habit surfacing through the editor, the marshaling of the record, the brief built from particulars rather than from a thesis announced and defended. She trained at New York University law before she came to the press, and the cast of mind shows here more than anywhere: she lays out facts in a row and lets them carry the weight a conclusion would otherwise carry.
The second move is the appeal to indispensability, and it is her one repeated argument. The paper’s value lies in the reporting a reader cannot get elsewhere, not from aggregation, not from social media, not from the national outlets. She returns to this claim across both public appearances. It is the load-bearing sentence of her tenure, and she states it as a near-syllogism: the metropolitan paper survives if it produces what no one else can, therefore the work must be original reporting. The argument is structural, not emotional. She does not plead for the paper. She makes a case for it.
The third move is the careful distinction, again the lawyer. News and opinion serve different functions. The wall between them must hold even as the platforms present both in one stream. She draws the line and then concedes the complication, which is the move of a person trained to anticipate the counterargument and fold it into her own statement before an opponent can use it. This is not the rhetoric of the advocate who wants to win. It is the rhetoric of the judge who wants to be seen weighing.
What you do not hear is as telling as what you do. There is no autobiography in the public voice, or almost none. She will mention Gardena and the immigrant arrival from Taiwan when the occasion calls for it, a biographical note offered to an audience, but she does not work in the confessional or the personal anecdote. There is no ideology on display. For a woman who ran an editorial page and worked two years at the American Civil Liberties Union, she keeps her own political views almost entirely out of her public speech, which is discipline rather than absence. An editor who wants to be trusted by a divided readership learns to hold her positions close, and she holds them very close. There is no heat. The speaking manner is even, measured, unhurried. She does not raise the temperature. The threats she names are grave, and she names them gravely, but she does not perform alarm. The affect is the affect of the institution: calm under pressure, sober, declining to give the audience a show.
The overall instrument, then, is the voice of the office. Some editors keep a distinct personal voice that cuts through the institutional one. Tang appears to have submerged hers into the role, and the submersion is consistent across every appearance. The lawyer shows in the structure, the marshaled facts, the careful distinctions. The opinion-page veteran shows in the fluency with the abstract civic vocabulary. What does not show is the private idiom, the tic, the joke, the wound, the thing that would let you recognize a paragraph as hers with the name stripped off.
Like Joe Kahn, the Editor of the New York Times, her voice is built not to be recognizable. An executive editor leading a divided newsroom through layoffs, an endorsement revolt, and an owner’s reorganization has reasons to speak in a voice that gives nothing away, that could belong to the chair as much as to the woman in it. The blandness is not a failure of personality. It is a professional achievement, the same achievement as a good gray newspaper’s front page, and she produces it with the ease of someone who has been making other people sound institutional for most of her working life.

Watergate as Democratic Ritual & Cultural Trauma

Jeffrey Alexander (b. 1947) builds his account of public crisis on a refusal. The event does not speak. In his reading of Watergate, collected in The Meanings of Social Life, he insists that the break-in of June 1972 sat inert for two years, a third-rate burglary that three-quarters of Americans called just politics, until society told it as something else. The facts changed little. The telling changed everything. Scandals are not born, they are made, he writes at the close of that essay, and the line carries the whole method. A scandal is a social fact, produced by carrier groups who lift public attention from the level of goals, where politics runs as interest and maneuver, up to the level of values, where the sacred lives and can be profaned.
Hold the Los Angeles Times against this and October 2024 stops looking like a quarrel over one race.
The owner Patrick Soon-Shiong decided the paper would endorse no candidate for president. The editorial board had prepared an endorsement. He stopped it. On the level Alexander calls goals, the act is ordinary. Owners set the editorial line, and a paper that abstains in one race has done nothing a hundred papers have not done before it. Had the decision stayed on that level, it would have passed as a house matter, a disagreement over editorial judgment, mundane and profane in Alexander’s sense, the sense that carries no charge. It did not stay there. Within days the editorial page editor Mariel Garza resigned, and the board members Robert Greene and Karin Klein resigned with her, and thousands of readers canceled. The decision had been generalized. Public attention moved off the goal, the single race, and onto the value the goal was now said to threaten: the independence of the press.
Alexander’s term for this upward movement is generalization, and his point is that it does not happen on its own. The raw act has no inherent charge. Someone has to perform the lifting, and the lifting can fail. In The Meanings of Social Life he lays out the conditions a crisis needs to climb from goal to value: enough consensus that the act reads as polluting to more than a fragment of the public, a sense that the pollution threatens the center, the entry of controls, the formation of countercenters by autonomous elites, and effective symbolic work that fixes the labels. The resignations supplied the symbolic work. They were the claim.
In the cultural-trauma essay, from Cultural Trauma and Collective Identity, Alexander says a trauma is not a wound an event inflicts. It is a representation, broadcast by a carrier group, projected to an audience, built from four assertions: the nature of the pain, the identity of the victim, the relation of the victim to the wider public, and the attribution of responsibility. Garza, Greene, and Klein made all four at once and made them by leaving. The pain was the override of the board, the silencing of a prepared judgment. The victim was the independent editorial voice, and behind it the readership that relies on that voice. The relation to the wider public ran through the civic claim that a free press serves the reader and the republic, so that an injury to the page is an injury to the citizen. And the responsibility fell on the owner, the man whose hand had stopped the endorsement. A resignation is a costly signal in Alexander’s speech-act sense, an illocution that asks the audience to read the act as profanation rather than as policy. The canceled subscriptions answered. The audience took up the claim, and in taking it up confirmed that the carrier group’s representation had landed.
The reason the representation could land sits in Alexander’s other book, The Civil Sphere. He describes a civil sphere structured by a binary code, a discourse that sorts motives and relationships into the sacred and the profane. On the sacred side: openness, honesty, autonomy, the capacity to reason in the common interest. On the profane side: secrecy, deceit, dependence, the pursuit of private interest against the public. Journalism casts itself as a regulative institution of that sphere, the watchdog, the open eye. Its holy word, independence, names the sacred pole directly. So when Soon-Shiong called the paper a pillar of democracy at Terry Tang’s appointment, and when Tang at Claremont McKenna recited the threats to the press, the suits against broadcasters, the reporters arrested, the closures and the cuts, both were speaking the civil binary aloud, placing the press on the sacred side and its adversaries on the profane. The vocabulary was already in the room. The carrier group had only to move the owner across the line, from patron who saved the paper to proprietor whose private hand had touched the sacred page. The same binary that sanctifies the press supplies the terms for condemning anyone who controls it.
Alexander asks, in the stratification section of the trauma essay, a question that reads as if written for this case. Who owns the newspapers? To what degree are journalists independent of political and financial control? He poses it to show that institutional arenas and ownership shape whether a trauma claim can travel. At the Los Angeles Times the question is the crisis. The independence the editorial page consecrates rests on a page an owner controls, and the resignations dramatized the gap between the professed sacred and the structural fact. That is the content of the claim. The owner’s control, ordinary and legal, was represented as the profanation, and the representation could persuade because the civil code holds private control of a public voice to be the very image of the anti-civil.
The framework also explains the scale, and the scale is where the Tang episode parts from Watergate. Alexander warns that modern rituals are rarely complete and that full generalization is rare indeed. Watergate climbed all the way, from a burglary to a threat to the sacred center of the republic, because all five conditions aligned across two years: national consensus, fear for the center, the courts and committees as controls, alienated elites forming countercenters, and the televised hearings as the purification rite. The non-endorsement climbed partway and stopped. Consensus formed inside the journalistic civil sphere and among the paper’s readers, not across the society. The center threatened was the center of the press, the integrity of its own institution, not the center of the nation. No court convened, no committee sat, no liminal televised rite gathered a watching public into a communitas. The countercenter was real, the resigners and the canceling readers and the trade press that covered them, but it was bounded. The contemporaneous move at the Washington Post, where the owner spiked a presidential endorsement in the same season and drew his own resignations and cancellations, fed the generalization by suggesting a pattern, two billionaire proprietors reaching into two editorial pages at once, which let the carrier groups raise the charge from one owner’s choice to a threat to the independent press as such. Even with that lift, the trauma stayed a trauma of the guild and its readership. It branded the paper. It did not brand the country.
This bounded outcome is the finding, not a hedge. Alexander’s comparative cases, Nanking that never generalized beyond its region, Watergate that became a national rite, show that the same kind of event can produce trauma at one scale or none at all depending on the carrier group’s resources and the receptivity of the arena. The Los Angeles Times episode generalized within a sphere that already shared the code and stalled at the edge of that sphere, where the general public reads an unendorsed election as just politics, the profane reading the resigners had set out to defeat.
Tang stands at the one position the framework makes hardest to occupy. She is not the carrier group. She did not make the claim, did not resign, did not broadcast the pain. She is not the villain. The decision was not hers and she could not reverse it. The trauma process ran through the editorial page she also oversees, and she could neither author the generalization nor command it to stop. Her task was the management of the newsroom while the wound was being made beside it.
Read against Alexander, that task runs against the carrier group’s. The carrier group pushes the event up, from goal to value, from policy to profanation. Tang’s institutional work pushes the newsroom down, back toward goals and interests, back toward the profane in Alexander’s neutral sense, the level where reporting is a job that gets done rather than a sacrament under threat. She reorganized her leadership, promoted Hector Becerra and moved Maria L. La Ganga, and turned the staff toward the reporting no rival can match. Each of those moves keeps the newsroom on the level of the work. The wall between news and opinion, the rule she embodies while sitting above both sides of it, does trauma-containment labor here. It quarantines the reporting from the pollution spreading through the opinion page, so that the investigations keep their standing as fact-finding rather than become further evidence in the carrier group’s brief against the owner. The executive editor, in this reading, is the agent of routinization working in real time, the figure whose job is to keep the work mundane and therefore functional while the sacred drama plays out one floor over.
Alexander’s last movement is the calming down. The spiral flattens, the effervescence evaporates, charisma routinizes, and the lessons of the trauma settle into objects, monuments, museums, the institutionalized memory that no longer burns. The Tang record shows the flattening on schedule. By the Austin symposium of April 2025 and the Claremont talk of February 2026, the heat of October 2024 has cooled into a standing narrative, the press under threat, delivered as a recitation of losses, the broadcasters sued, the reporters arrested, the Atlanta paper’s print edition ended, the Washington Post’s three hundred cut. The recitation is the routinized form of the trauma. It gathers the wounds into a litany and a lesson, detaches the affect from the original breach, and converts a particular profanation that cost the paper its editorial board into a general civic teaching about the fragility of the free press. Alexander notes that audiences sometimes greet this routinization with relief and sometimes with regret at the desiccation. Tang delivers it as the institution’s settled voice, which is the voice routinization produces.

The Field and Its Poles

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) treats journalism as a field, a structured space of positions with its own stakes, its own currency, and its own line of internal tension. The tension runs along a single axis. At one pole stands autonomy, where worth comes from inside the field, conferred by peers who recognize the craft, the scoop, the investigation, the work that other journalists rank highly whether or not it sells. At the other stands heteronomy, where worth comes from outside, from sales and ratings and the favor of advertisers and owners, from the audience counted as a market rather than as a jury of the competent. Every position in the field sits somewhere on that axis, and every journalist feels the pull of both ends. Bourdieu’s claim in On Television and in The Field of Cultural Production is that the field’s character at any moment is set by which pole is winning, and that the economic pole has been winning for a long time.
The currency of the field is capital, and Bourdieu distinguishes the kinds. Economic capital is money and what money commands. Cultural capital is competence, training, the internalized mastery a long education installs. Symbolic capital is recognition, the prestige a field confers on those it judges to have served it well, the Pulitzer and the Nieman and the byline that other journalists respect. Inside the journalistic field the autonomous pole runs on symbolic capital, the peer’s regard, while the heteronomous pole runs on economic capital, the owner’s money and the market’s attention. The two are convertible but not freely, and the rate of exchange is itself a stake of struggle. A reporter can sometimes turn prestige into a salary and an owner can sometimes turn money into influence over the line, but each conversion meets resistance, and the resistance is the field defending its autonomy.
Terry Tang’s job is an unusual object because it straddles the axis inside one office. She holds the newsroom and the editorial page at once.
The newsroom sits near the autonomous pole. Its product is reporting, and reporting earns its standing from the field, from the peers and the prizes and the standards of verification that no reader enforces directly. A newsroom defends its autonomy by insisting that the work answers to evidence and craft rather than to the owner’s preference or the market’s appetite. Tang’s repeated argument, that the paper’s value lies in reporting no one else can produce, is in Bourdieu’s terms a defense of the autonomous pole. It says the field’s own product, the original investigation, is the source of worth, and it says so against the heteronomous claim that worth is whatever draws the largest audience at the lowest cost.
The editorial page sits closer to the political field. Its product is position-taking, prise de position in Bourdieu’s vocabulary, the public stand on candidates and policies. Position-taking points outward, toward the field of power, toward parties and officials and the contests of the political world. An endorsement is the purest form of it, a direct intervention in the political field by the journalistic one. So Tang’s dual portfolio is, on Bourdieu’s map, a single person holding a position near the autonomous pole and a position near the heteronomous-political boundary, with the internal tension of the whole field running through her one desk.
Above her sits the owner, and the owner is the economic pole made flesh. Patrick Soon-Shiong controls the capital that keeps the field’s local instance alive. In Bourdieu’s analysis the owner’s power is structural rather than personal. He need not dictate copy. His control of the economic base sets the conditions under which the autonomous pole can operate at all, and the autonomy of the journalists is always autonomy on sufferance, a space the field wins and holds against the pull of the money that funds it. The October 2024 non-endorsement is, in this reading, the moment the structural power became an act. The owner overruled the board.
Strip the episode to its field terms and it is a contest over who sets position-taking. The editorial board claimed the right to take the position, grounding the claim in journalistic capital, the competence and standing of the people whose work is judgment on public questions. The owner claimed the same right, grounding it in economic capital, the ownership of the thing. Bourdieu would not call this a clash of opinions about one election. He would call it a struggle over the exchange rate between two kinds of capital, a test of whether economic capital can convert directly into control of the field’s most political product, or whether journalistic capital can hold that product as its own. The board lost the test. Garza, Greene, and Klein resigned, and the resignation is the move available to holders of symbolic capital when economic capital overrides them. They could not outvote the owner. They could withdraw their persons and their accumulated prestige, taking their symbolic capital out of the institution and, by leaving loudly, converting it into a public verdict on the owner’s act. The canceled subscriptions were readers withdrawing economic capital in turn, the audience using the only currency it holds.
The structure of the crisis maps onto the poles, then, with the owner at the economic end forcing a conversion the autonomous end resisted. The structure of Tang’s career maps onto something else in Bourdieu, the slow accumulation of capital across fields.
She trained in law at New York University before she came to the press. Legal training is cultural capital of a transferable kind, and Bourdieu would note that it carries its own field’s marks, the brief built from particulars, the careful distinction, the marshaling of evidence toward a judgment. She brought that capital into journalism, where it converts into a recognizable competence, the editor who thinks like a lawyer, attentive to fairness and to the structure of an argument. The Nieman year at Harvard added symbolic capital of the purest journalistic kind, a consecration the field confers and recognizes for life. The two decades at the New York Times added more, since standing at the field’s high altar transfers to anyone who served there, the way Bourdieu describes the prestige of a dominant institution clinging to its alumni. Room for Debate added capital in the digital subfield, an early position in a space the older players had not yet occupied.
The two years at the American Civil Liberties Union are the move Bourdieu’s framework reads most sharply. She left the journalistic field for the field of advocacy, the nonprofit world where capital takes a different form, the standing of the cause and the legal-constitutional expertise the organization trades in. Then she returned. In Bourdieu’s terms she made a circuit through an adjacent field and brought its capital back, the constitutional fluency, the standing among the civil-liberties world, the experience of editorial work outside the commercial press. Each move added a kind of capital the next position could use, and the sum is what made her legible for the top job: a holder of cross-field capital, law and opinion and digital and advocacy and management, the rare figure whose accumulated currency spans the autonomous and the political and the institutional at once. Bourdieu would say her trajectory fitted her for a position that itself spans those poles. The dual portfolio wants a person whose capital is plural, and her career assembled exactly that plurality.
The person who holds capital across several fields holds a pure quantity of none. The lifelong investigative reporter accumulates journalistic capital of one dense kind and is recognized by the field as a journalist to the bone, in Bourdieu’s sense the holder of a deep field-specific habitus. The cross-field manager accumulates breadth, and breadth reads to the autonomous pole as a partial defection toward the heteronomous one, since management itself sits near the heteronomous end, concerned with budgets and structures and the owner’s confidence rather than with the byline. Tang’s standing as an editor who rose through opinion and management rather than through reporting places her, on the field’s internal map, nearer the boundary the autonomous pole watches with suspicion. The newsroom honors the executive who defends its autonomy and watches warily the executive whose other capital ties her to the owner’s side of the house. Her position requires her to be both, the defender of the autonomous product and the manager answerable to the economic pole, and the field gives no clean standing to a person who must be both at once.
This doubled position explains her conduct in the crisis better than any account of her preferences. She did not resign, because resignation is the move of the holder of pure journalistic capital, the person whose entire standing is symbolic and who can therefore spend it all in one withdrawal. Her capital is managerial and cross-field, and its value lies in occupying the position, not in vacating it. She did not endorse the owner’s act in the field’s symbolic terms, because to do so would spend her journalistic capital on the heteronomous side and forfeit her standing with the autonomous pole she still has to lead. She did the thing the structure leaves open to her. She kept the newsroom working at the autonomous pole, defending the value of original reporting, while absorbing the fact of an economic-pole decision she could not reverse. Bourdieu would call this the characteristic position-taking of the dominant-but-dominated agent, the figure who holds power within the field yet remains subordinate to the economic power that funds it, and who therefore manages the field’s autonomy rather than embodying it in a single heroic refusal.
The owner’s own trajectory completes the map. Soon-Shiong holds economic capital of an order the journalistic field cannot match, made in biotechnology, a field whose currency is patents and markets and the literal defeat of disease. He entered the journalistic field as an owner, which is to say he entered at the economic pole without the field-specific capital the autonomous pole recognizes. Bourdieu would predict the friction exactly. The field treats the owner who lacks journalistic capital as a heteronomous force by definition, a holder of money who has not earned the field’s recognition and whose interventions therefore read as the economic pole asserting itself against the autonomous one. His framing of the non-endorsement as a rise above the partisan herd was an attempt to claim journalistic virtue, autonomy from party, in the field’s own sacred vocabulary. The field rejected the claim, because in its eyes an owner who overrides the board has demonstrated heteronomy in the act of professing autonomy. He spoke the language of the autonomous pole while performing the power of the economic one, and the field heard the performance over the language.
What the frame yields, in the end, is a single coherent picture in which the job and the crisis are the same structure seen twice. The job is the field’s autonomy-heteronomy axis compressed into one portfolio, the autonomous newsroom and the political editorial page held by a single manager who answers to the economic pole. The crisis is that axis put under load, the economic pole forcing a conversion the autonomous pole resisted, the holders of symbolic capital answering with the only move their capital allows, the withdrawal. And Tang’s career is the accumulation that fitted her to stand at the junction, a store of cross-field capital that qualifies her to manage the tension and disqualifies her, by the same token, from resolving it in the field’s heroic register. She is the right holder of capital for a position whose whole nature is to absorb a strain it cannot end.

Convenient Beliefs at the Top of the Masthead

Stephen Turner (b. 1951) takes the everyday observation that people believe what serves them and turns it into a tool with an edge. The point is not the cynic’s charge that belief is mere cover for interest. Turner’s account is subtler. A convenient belief is one a person can hold sincerely, defend in good faith, and never be forced to test, because the structure of the person’s position rewards holding it and exacts no penalty for its being wrong. Convenience does not mean the belief is false. It means the believer has no incentive to find out whether it is false, and several incentives not to look. The belief sits at the join between what a man’s role requires him to profess and what he would have to confront if he stopped professing it. It is held because holding it is comfortable and useful and because the alternative would cost the holder his footing, and it is reinforced by everyone around him who occupies the same position and holds the same belief for the same reasons. You test for a convenient belief by asking what it would cost the believer to abandon it, and whether anything in his situation ever presses him to pay that cost.
Terry Tang’s public speech rests on a small set of professed beliefs, and each one rewards examination by Turner’s test.
The first is that news and opinion are separable, that a wall stands between the reporting and the editorial judgment, and that a reader always knows which he is reading. Tang affirms this. She holds the newsroom and the editorial page at once and speaks of the two as distinct functions that complement each other. The belief is convenient in Turner’s precise sense. It is the belief that licenses her dual portfolio. If news and opinion were not separable, then a single person sitting above both would be a problem to be solved rather than an efficiency to be praised, and the arrangement that gives her authority over the whole operation would stand exposed as a concentration the wall was built to prevent. The belief in the wall is the belief that lets her hold both sides of it without contradiction. She has every reason to hold it and no structural reason to examine whether one office above both sides leaves the wall standing or merely repaints it. The people who might press her to examine it, the staff, the owner, the trade, mostly share the belief, because the wall is the founding doctrine of the institution and questioning it would unsettle everyone’s position at once. So the belief holds, sincerely, untested, and useful to the person best placed to test it.
The second is that a metropolitan newspaper’s value lies in reporting no one else can produce. This is Tang’s central argument, repeated in Austin and at Claremont, the load-bearing claim of her tenure. Turner’s test asks what it would cost her to doubt it. The cost is total. The belief is the entire justification for the institution she runs and for the resources she spends defending. If the paper’s reporting is not in fact something readers cannot get elsewhere, if aggregation and the national outlets and the local newsletters supply enough of it that the metropolitan paper is a convenience rather than a necessity, then the argument for the paper’s survival collapses, and with it the argument for her job and her staff’s. No executive editor of a paper losing money and readers can afford to entertain that doubt, and the belief that forecloses it is exactly the belief her position installs. It is convenient because it is necessary, because the alternative is not a different strategy but the admission that the institution may not be indispensable after all. She holds it in good faith. She also could not run the paper while holding anything else, which is what makes it convenient rather than merely true.
The third is that editorial independence survives private ownership. This is the belief October 2024 tested, and the test is the rare case where the structure forced the question Turner says the structure usually buries. The owner overruled the board. The independence the editorial page consecrates was shown to rest on a page the owner controls. Garza, Greene, and Klein resigned, and the resignation was, in effect, the refusal to keep holding the convenient belief once its inconvenience had been demonstrated. They had professed that independence survives ownership, and when ownership showed it did not, they paid the cost of abandoning the belief, which was their positions. They left because staying meant continuing to profess a belief the facts had just contradicted, and they were not willing to pay the price of that continued profession, which is the price of every convenient belief defended past its evidence: the slow knowledge that one is saying what one no longer has grounds to say.
Tang stayed, and Turner’s framework reads the difference between staying and leaving as a difference in what the belief costs in each position. For the editorial board members, the belief in independence was the core of their function. Their work was the independent editorial voice, and when that voice was overridden the belief and the job were the same thing, so abandoning the belief and abandoning the job came together. For Tang the belief sits differently. She runs the newsroom, where the independence at issue is the newsroom’s, not the editorial page’s, and the owner did not override the newsroom. So she can hold a narrower version of the belief that the October event did not touch. Editorial independence may have a ceiling, she can concede in effect, while the reporting remains free, and the reporting is the thing she is responsible for. The belief survives in her mouth because she has retreated it to the ground the crisis did not contest. This is the move Turner’s framework predicts. A convenient belief under pressure does not die. It contracts to the region where it is still convenient and still untested, and the believer goes on holding the smaller version with the same sincerity he held the larger one.
The fourth belief is the deepest and the hardest for her to examine, because it is the one her whole career installed. It is the belief that a journalist is a kind of person, that the press is a regulative institution of public life, that there is a public interest the trained editor can discern. Turner’s longer quarrel is with exactly this, the claim that an expert class possesses a knowledge the layman lacks and that its authority follows from the knowledge. Tang’s standing rests on the claim. She is the executive editor because she is held to have the trained judgment the role requires, and the role exists because the institution is held to serve a public interest that requires trained judgment to serve. The belief is convenient at the scale of the whole profession, not just her office. It is what converts a job into a vocation and a payroll into a public trust, and no one inside the institution has an incentive to ask whether the expert judgment is as distinct from the layman’s as the profession claims, because the answer that it is not would dissolve the standing of everyone who holds it. Turner would not say the belief is false. He would say it is unfalsifiable from the inside, held by a group whose position depends on it, reinforced by every peer who holds it for the same reason, and never tested because the test would cost the testers their authority.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization…

If John J. Mearsheimer is right, his structural framework strips away the liberal, civic-minded narrative surrounding Terry Tang.
Traditional media commentary views Tang through her institutional milestone as the first female executive editor in the paper’s history, her Ivy League legal credentials, and her career across elite institutions like The New York Times and the ACLU. This perspective frames her position as a stewardship of a critical democratic pillar, where an editor uses independent reason and editorial standards to guard the public interest.
Mearsheimer’s realism reinterprets Tang’s role, framing her legacy as that of an institutional administrator navigating a vulnerable defense vehicle within an anarchic and contracting economic environment.
Liberal theory positions the newsroom as a marketplace of ideas, where editors filter information based on objective merit, relevance, and democratic principles.
If Mearsheimer is right, the Los Angeles Times newsroom functions primarily as a vulnerable corporate vehicle fighting for its material survival under conditions of extreme economic scarcity. Tang’s role is not the detached curation of a public trust, but the management of a highly stressed apparatus. In an industry marked by staff reductions, budget deficits, and structural shifts, her primary task is maintaining internal conformity and operational cohesion. Every editorial decision, prioritization of a major beat, or allocation of reporting resources is a tactical choice designed to preserve the relative power and institutional existence of the asset against market forces and rival platforms.
Tang operates under the ownership of billionaire Patrick Soon-Shiong. Standard journalistic analysis frequently focuses on the tension or balance between newsroom independence and billionaire ownership, treating the arrangement as a negotiation over editorial ethics and professional boundaries.
Mearsheimer’s realism reveals that absolute editorial autonomy is an anthropological fiction. Human institutions do not operate outside the logic of the coalitions that fund and protect them. The editorial platform Tang manages serves as the ideological standard of the larger corporate organization. While everyday reporting maintains standard professional codes, the broad alignment of the paper cannot permanently diverge from the existential security interests of its primary backer. Tang’s position requires her to optimize the platform’s reputational value, ensuring it remains an effective lever of local influence and defensive deterrence for the owner’s broader enterprise, rather than a purely independent moral actor.
Tang’s career path—moving seamlessly from The New York Times to the ACLU and then to the Los Angeles Times—is typically celebrated as a journey of dedicated public service and intellectual leadership.
Mearsheimer’s anthropology, paired with alliance theory, views this trajectory through the lens of elite coalition dynamics.
The modern metropolitan editorial establishment is a highly cohesive domestic sub-tribe that uses specialized language, shared moral frameworks, and prestige markers to police its boundaries and manage its collective reputation. Tang’s authority does not derive from a set of abstract, neutral rules; it relies on her deep socialization within this elite network. Her role is to enforce the ideological standards of this intellectual coalition, rewarding loyal members and signaling alignment to maintain status within the national media ecosystem. The shared values of the newsroom are the instruments used to bind the group together in a competitive environment, not a post-political consensus.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

If David Pinsof is right, Tang’s position is not that of a disinterested public servant guarding the torch of democracy. She is a highly strategic general managing an elite coalition’s most valuable narrative fortress during a time of brutal institutional contraction.
When Tang speaks at academic forums or addresses her newsroom, she frames journalism through the classic misunderstandings myth. She argues that society is increasingly unstable because the public is under assault from misinformation, institutional decay, and an economic crisis that threatens newspapers. The solution she champions is a “thriving pillar of democracy” that elevates unheard voices, uncovers government failure, and brings objective truth to the community.
From Pinsof’s perspective, this high-minded civic framing is a supreme status signal designed to preserve the authority of her class. A major newspaper is not an abstract instrument of universal enlightenment. It is the core device through which the secular, credentialed elite establishes what counts as respectable truth, policing the boundaries of social and political discourse.
Tang frames the crisis of the press as an existential threat to democracy because it implies that society cannot function without her profession.
Pinsof’s logic shows this is a protective cover story: the threat is not to democracy, but to the professional monopoly of the legacy editors who manage the gatekeeping apparatus.
Under Tang’s leadership, the L.A. Times won major institutional recognition, such as the Center for Integrity in News Reporting award for exposing government failures during the Southern California firestorms. The paper used dispatch logs and records to prove that fire departments mismanaged resources and withheld water-carrying engines. Traditional media narratives celebrate this as comforting the afflicted and holding power accountable.
Pinsof’s essay flips the script on this accountability narrative. The investigation is an act of coalitional warfare where one elite branch (the press clerisy) disciplines another branch (the administrative bureaucracy).
By exposing the operational failures of government officials, Tang’s newsroom establishes its own moral and functional supremacy. The underlying message to the public is clear: “The state is incompetent and blind, and you need our text-based curation to see how you are being failed.” It transforms an institutional disaster into a fresh supply of moral capital for the paper, ensuring that even as circulation declines, the editor remains the essential arbiter of civic behavior.
Tang’s background as a corporate lawyer and an ACLU director heavily informs her approach to newsroom management. In her columns and public speaking, she emphasizes structural equity, the protection of civil rights, and the rule of law as the bedrock of a fair society, treating political resistance to these ideas as a backward misunderstanding of constitutional principles.
Under Pinsof’s frame, this legalistic approach is a highly efficient tool for resource acquisition and turf protection. The language of civil rights and legal procedures is the preferred currency of the credentialed upper-middle class. It allows a coalition of university-educated professionals to bypass raw, democratic populist majorities by relying on courts, speech codes, and institutional regulations that they alone have the expertise to navigate.
Tang does not use her legal and editorial background to change the Darwinian reality of human competition. She uses it to ensure that her specific, progressive tribe retains the supreme moral high ground and the final word over the regional narrative from her seat at the top of the L.A. Times hierarchy.

Posted in Journalism, Los Angeles, Los Angeles Times | Comments Off on Terry Tang and the Custody of the Los Angeles Times

Hector Becerra

Hector Becerra (b. 1974) is an American journalist and the managing editor of the Los Angeles Times, the second-ranking post in the newsroom and the highest a Latino journalist has held in the paper’s history. He reached that office in January 2024, after a quarter century at one newspaper, and at a moment of acute distress for the institution. His career follows an arc that has grown rare in American journalism, the reporter who enters one newsroom young, stays, and rises through it to its senior leadership.

He grew up on Pomeroy Avenue in Boyle Heights, a block from Los Angeles County-USC Medical Center, the son of Mexican immigrants who came without papers. His father, Rafael Becerra, crossed into the United States in the trunk of a car in 1965. He had left Zapotlán del Rey, in the state of Jalisco, where his own father died when he was twelve, and he came north with a sixth-grade education. He worked first as a forklift operator and then as a machinist on twelve-hour shifts, six days a week, in Orange County, the work that carried the family into the middle class. Becerra’s mother, Carmen, followed a couple of years later on a visa she overstayed, and she brought the two older children, Javier and Patricia, who learned to pass as American citizens at the border. Hector was born in Los Angeles, the American son who arrived seven years after the others.

Rafael taught himself. He went to night school for a high school diploma soon after he arrived, and he read Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Steinbeck, and Melville on the porch of the Boyle Heights house. He kept spiral notebooks of English words he did not know, grouped into categories, people and places and rivers and gods, and he traveled the world through National Geographic. He became a legal resident by 1980. He died of cancer in 2015, in the small stucco house where he raised his children, and where Becerra’s mother still lives.

Becerra grew up a bookworm in a neighborhood the gang wars of the late 1980s and early 1990s reached but never claimed. He learned English from school, from an endless loop of cartoons, and from the radio voice of the Dodgers broadcaster Vin Scully (1927-2022), whose cadence he later described as Tennyson set before a microphone. The family followed the Dodgers, and the team gave his undocumented older brother a way to pass. At the Calexico crossing in 1977 a border guard asked the boy his favorite baseball team, the boy answered the Dodgers, and the car was waved through.

He attended Roosevelt High School in Boyle Heights and then California State University, Los Angeles, a commuter school that draws heavily from the city’s working families, where he edited the student paper, the University Times. In the 1990s he drove cross-country to intern at The Tennessean in Nashville. He has returned to Cal State LA to speak and has named it the foundation of his career, a path that ran through a public regional university rather than an elite school. That origin is part of how he and others read his rise.

Becerra joined the Los Angeles Times in 1999, after an internship in the late 1990s that he won on the strength of his student work. For the next fifteen years he worked as a general assignment reporter, a role that gave him an unusually wide field. He covered crime, immigration, labor, homelessness, wildfires, public corruption, and the everyday life of Southern California, and he moved between breaking news and longer narrative. He wrote about a young Marine from the area, Cpl. Jorge Gonzalez, one of nine killed near An Nasiriyah in March 2003, and built the piece around the mother who had told her son that God would bring him home. He profiled an aging family that still ran the department store it had owned since the 1920s, an Eastside record label that once dreamed of becoming a Mexican American Motown, Aztec dancers moving among the downtown protesters. For one assignment he went into the fields to pick strawberries beside migrant workers, and he lasted a few hours.

Becerra also wrote in the first person about the world he came from. He published essays on his immigrant father, on the Boyle Heights of his boyhood and the gang violence at its edges, on Vin Scully and the Spanish-language broadcaster Jaime Jarrín (b. 1935), and on the scarcity of Latino faces in Hollywood casting. The subject that runs through the reporting and the essays alike is the Mexican American experience of Los Angeles, the city he has spent his career explaining to itself.

Alongside that work he built a record in accountability reporting on the small cities of southeast Los Angeles County. He investigated municipal corruption in Vernon, Cudahy, and Lynwood, the working-class towns where local government had long operated with little outside scrutiny. He was a member of the Los Angeles Times team that won the 2011 Pulitzer Prize for Public Service for exposing the corruption in Bell, where city officials had paid themselves salaries far beyond anything the small town could justify and had drained public funds in the process. The Public Service prize goes to the institution and the team rather than to any single byline. The reporting produced criminal convictions and reforms, and it stands as a landmark of California local investigative journalism in the early part of the century.

In 2014 he moved into the editing ranks as an assignment editor on the City Desk, directing a group of reporters across Southern California. He became Metro editor in 2015 and city editor in 2017, supervising one of the largest reporting staffs at the paper and coordinating daily news alongside longer enterprise projects. Colleagues from this period credited him with developing younger reporters, including journalists from backgrounds underrepresented in the newsroom, and with pushing for ambitious local coverage. In 2022 the paper promoted him to deputy managing editor for California and Metro, putting the largest staff in the newsroom under his charge and giving him a mandate to refine its mission.

His promotion to managing editor in January 2024 came in the middle of the worst stretch the paper had seen in its modern history. The owner, Patrick Soon-Shiong, was absorbing operating losses that ran into the tens of millions of dollars, and the same month brought layoffs that cut more than a fifth of the newsroom, well over a hundred journalists. The cuts fell heavily on Latino staff and on the De Los section devoted to Latino culture. Executive editor Kevin Merida had resigned shortly before, along with several senior editors, and the editorial page editor Terry Tang had stepped in as interim newsroom leader. Tang elevated Becerra and announced that he would oversee daily newsgathering and help examine the paper’s staffing and report through the reorganization. Tang’s appointment was made permanent in April 2024. Becerra’s rise to the second chair coincided with the contraction of the institution he was being asked to steady, and the image of a Boyle Heights native reaching that office sat against the loss of many of the Latino journalists the paper had recruited.

As managing editor he oversees the daily news report and works with a group of deputy and assistant managing editors across news, California coverage, enterprise reporting, design, audience, sports, culture, and food. He sets editorial priorities, manages staffing, holds the paper’s standards, and shapes its longer strategy. He has pressed for accountability and enterprise journalism and for broad coverage of California at a time when most metropolitan papers have pulled back from local reporting.

His tenure has carried controversy. In 2025 the newsroom lost more experienced staff through buyouts, part of a continuing exodus that followed the 2024 layoffs and a series of decisions by Soon-Shiong, among them the appointment of a conservative commentator to the editorial board. That year Paloma Esquivel, who had edited De Los, resigned and accused the paper’s leadership of dismissing her complaints about Becerra. Reporting by TheWrap then disclosed that eight employees had filed a complaint in 2022 alleging that Becerra insulted and disparaged subordinates, that the complaint asked management to order the behavior stopped, and that an internal investigation closed in September 2022 with affected staff offered the option to move teams. The reporting described a longer pattern, with concerns raised to executive editor Norman Pearlstine in 2018 and again at a staff meeting in 2020, and an account, from current and former employees, of a manager known for personal attacks. The paper said the matters had been addressed and resolved, that Becerra had been promoted with full knowledge of his history, and that he remained in good standing. He has stayed in the post through the controversy.

Becerra’s career runs against the grain of how senior newsroom executives are usually made. Most build their standing by moving among organizations. He built his inside one building, from student paper to internship to Pulitzer-winning investigation to city editor to the managing editor’s chair, a path that was once the ordinary shape of an American journalist’s life and has become an artifact of an earlier industry. His rise also marks the growing presence of Latino journalists in the leadership of American newsrooms, and it tests, in a single career, the durability of local reporting as the ground on which metropolitan journalism stands.

Hero System

Rafael Becerra crossed into the United States in the trunk of a car in 1965, and he spent the rest of his life naming the world he had entered. He kept spiral notebooks of English words he did not know and grouped them into categories. People. Places. Fruits and animals. Gods and rivers. Abas, the uncle of Mohammed. Agenor, prince of Troy. Francis Bacon. Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn. He had a sixth-grade education from a Mexican town his country could not govern, and out of those notebooks he built a private order set against the chaos he had crossed to escape. He read Dostoevsky and Melville on the porch in Boyle Heights and traveled the world through National Geographic, the only passport he could afford. His son became a man the country paid to enter the world and write it down.

Ernest Becker (1924-1974) argued in The Denial of Death (1973) that men build hero systems to outlast themselves. A hero system is a scheme of value, learned and shared, that lets a man feel his acts register on a ledger larger than his body, a ledger that keeps its entries after the body fails. Underneath sits the terror of death. On top sits the work of significance. Each culture hands a man the vehicles a name can ride, the nation, the faith, the bloodline, the craft, and it draws a circle around the lives that count and leaves the rest outside it. Rafael wanted his children inside that circle, entered in the ledger of those the country reads as real.

The word the son held sacred was American. Near the end he pressed it on his father. The mood of the country might change, he warned him, and legal might not be enough, and the best thing is to be an American. He had grown up learning that the word divides men. The trucker at the Los Angeles factory who insulted Rafael, over and over, meant by American a thing of blood and accent, a status a man holds at birth or never holds, beyond the reach of any labor. The White boss who heard it, who ran the trucker off and told him never to come back, meant by the same word a thing of conduct, fair dealing owed to a man who works. Rafael told that story for decades, telling it glassy-eyed, and the boss was always the hero of it. Two men, one word, and the whole question of the family’s life hung in the gap between their meanings.

The word splits further the more hands hold it. The twenty-year-old Marine from the area, Jorge Gonzalez, killed near An Nasiriyah when fighters feigning surrender hit his carrier, meant by American the sacrifice, citizenship sealed by death and a flag folded at the edge of the Pacific. He had told his mother he would die honored. The naturalization examiner means the hundred questions and the oath, a thing the state confers on the man who answers right and signs. The brother at the Calexico crossing in 1977, fourteen and undocumented and coached to say he belonged, meant by American the only home he had known since he was two, a claim he held without paper and proved, when the guard leaned in and asked his favorite team, by saying the Dodgers. The guard waved the car through. The boy felt, he said later, not a trespasser. The man who owns the paper means the franchise, the market, the enterprise that has to survive, and his America reads as a balance sheet.

The boy learned the country through its language, and the language reached him in a voice he took for a god’s. Vin Scully called the Dodgers on the radio, and the cadence taught the son of immigrants his English as surely as school did. Becerra later wrote that Scully sounded like Tennyson set before a microphone, and that meeting him was hard the way staring into the sun is hard. A god-voice handed a boy the tongue of the country he meant to enter. Language is the medium of belonging and the medium of the immortality he chose, because the craft he entered keeps names in ink.

The newspaper keeps a room the trade calls the morgue, the archive where the clippings are filed and do not die. A byline goes into the morgue and stays, a name set in type, dated, recoverable after the man is dust. Becerra spent fifteen years filing his name there. He picked strawberries beside migrant workers for an afternoon and wrote it. He sat with a mother who believed God would bring her Marine home and wrote the blessing that never came. He learned the small corrupt cities, Vernon and Cudahy and Lynwood, and he was on the team that won the 2011 Pulitzer for Public Service for exposing Bell, where the officials paid themselves what the town could not carry. The accountability journalism is the immigrant’s son earning the country. To hold its powerful to account is to become undeniably of the republic, a citizen by service where the document had always been in doubt. The Pulitzer is a naturalization. The masthead is the paper the family never had, and his name on it, the highest a Latino name has reached there, is the answer to the trucker.

Then the word turns and points at him. In the years after he reached the managing editor’s chair, his own staff aimed back the newsroom cousin of his father’s word, accountability. The accounts come through reporting. Eight employees filed a complaint in 2022 that described a manager who insulted the people under him. Concerns reached leadership in 2018 and again in 2020. The newsroom coined a verb for the call that came with the yelling. One staffer described the counting of bylines against the union rule that forbids a quota. Hold the analysis to the one frame. The byline-count is the tell. When a man counts the bylines on his reporters, he rations the morgue. He meters the immortality the craft hands out, deciding whose name enters the file and how often, and the union answers that a name cannot be metered, that the contract forbids the count. Two hero systems meet at a desk.

Here the immigrant’s terror returns from inside the building. Becerra learned young that for some men no labor and no achievement make you American, no matter what. The complaint asks the newsroom form of that question. Does he belong in the chair, or did he take it. The man who became undeniably of the republic by holding power to account stands accused of holding power without it. The circle Becker described, the one that decides whose life counts, his father drew at the border and Becerra redrew through the byline. The complaint asks whether the circle holds the reporter at the next desk, the subordinate whose name he was counting, or whether that man stands outside it, a trespasser at Becerra’s own table.

Rafael scribbled notes his whole life. After Michelle died, twenty-two, struck by a car a block from the house, he told a dream on the porch. He walks with his daughter on a crowded street in a vast city. She walks faster. He cannot keep up. She vanishes, and he searches all day, and at nightfall he returns to a hotel room and finds a note on the mantel, the kind he always left. Me adelanté. I went ahead. The father aced a practice citizenship test, every one of the hundred questions, and the cancer took him before he sat for the real one. The country never signed his paper. His son holds the masthead instead, the name entered in the ledger that does not die, the forwarding address, the note left on the mantel of the republic. The paper contracts around him now, the newsroom cut and cut again, the owner reading a balance sheet where the son was raised on a calling. He stays. To leave the masthead is to hand back the citizenship his father crossed a border in a trunk to win, and a man does not surrender the only proof that he was here.

A man sits at a kitchen table in Boyle Heights and reads the paper. His hands carry the gray of the plating shop, the metal worked into the skin past washing. He immigrated from Mexico and he reads the Los Angeles Times every morning before the shift, and his son watches him read it. The boy learns, before he can name the lesson, that the paper is the thing that explains the city to a man the city does not otherwise explain itself to. The father reads. The son watches. Years later the son will run the paper, and the father will be gone, and the reading at the table will have become the direction of a life.

Alliance Theory

David Pinsof, David O. Sears, and Martie G. Haselton argue in their paper Strange Bedfellows that the contents of a man’s political beliefs come from the structure of his alliances and not from the values he professes. People pick allies and rivals first. Then they reach for whatever moral standard mobilizes support for the ally and opposition to the rival. Equality, tolerance, respect for authority, voice for the overlooked, the theory treats these as tools, sincere to the man who wields them and downstream of the coalition that decides which ones he picks up. Read this way, the claim that Latino interests are vital to Becerra turns into a claim about his alliances, and the rest of his work should follow from it.

The cues for choosing allies are similarity, interdependence, and transitivity, and Becerra’s core allies score high on each. Similarity binds him to the people he writes about, the Mexican American families of Boyle Heights, the immigrant who taught himself English at night school, the commuter-college striver, the accent that marked a man as foreign. Interdependence ties his standing to the coalition of Latino journalists. Frank del Olmo built the pipeline, Becerra rose through it, and each Latino advance at the paper raises the value of the others, so the masthead line about the highest-ranking Latino in its history is the coalition drawing a return on him as he draws one on it. Transitivity sets the outer ring. Hispanics, journalists, and the educated urban professional fall inside the same super-alliance, so his ethnic coalition nests in the broader liberal one, and the rivals of that coalition, the immigration restrictionist and the nativist who insulted his father at the factory, become his rivals by the rule that the enemy of an ally is an enemy.

The theory does its sharpest work on the propagandistic biases, the tactics a man uses to defend his allies, and Becerra’s essays give clean instances of two of the three. The first is the victim bias, the embellishment of an ally’s grievance and the contest over who has suffered more. His essay on Latino casting performs both. It raises the missing Latino actor into a structural absence, no honey-tongued Latino guide where the wise Black sidekick has become a stock part, and it presses for victim standing inside the broad coalition, noting that the conversation about an all-White Oscar field settled on Black actors while Latinos, the larger group, drew less of the attention. The theory calls the second move competitive victimhood, an ally pressing its claim against a coalition partner, and the essay makes it on the page. The second bias is attributional. The frame predicts a man will trace his allies’ disadvantages to causes outside them and their advantages to causes inside them. The casting essay lays Latino underrepresentation at the industry’s door, at exclusion, at the studios’ sense that Latinos read as foreign. The father essay lays Rafael Becerra’s rise to his own discipline, the night school, the notebooks of English words, the relentless reading. Disadvantage outside the ally, advantage within him, as predicted.

The father essay also marks the place where Becerra steps off the grievance script, and the frame reads the step better than a values account can. He gives the hero’s part to the White boss who runs the abusive trucker off, and he calls his undocumented father a red-blooded American. A theory anchored in egalitarian or grievance values stumbles here, because the move looks like a desertion of the grievance. Alliance Theory takes it as a switch of tactic for a switch of audience. The assimilationist story gathers a wide, cross-cutting coalition, the general readership that wants the immigrant’s life to close on belonging, where competitive victimhood gathers a narrow and activist one. The bridging alliance the paper describes, the bond struck between high and low, between the immigrant son and the native-born reader, is the tool Becerra lifts when he writes for the whole paper. The tactic tracks the coalition he means to build, and not a fixed rule.

Put the values to a direct test. If his commitment ran to representation as such, it would reach groups outside his coalition. The theory predicts it follows the ally instead, and the casting essay tells again. Its care is for Latino faces, and its quarrel with the Oscar conversation is that the attention went to a coalition partner rather than to his own group. Stated, the principle is universal. Applied, it is particular. The distance between the two is what Alliance Theory expects and what a values account cannot readily make.

The frame refuses to call the arrangement natural. The realignment the paper traces, the Latin American immigration and the loss of manufacturing work and the ethnic rivalry that came with them, sorted Latinos toward the Democratic coalition and the White working class toward the Republican one. Becerra’s Latino interests rest on that contingency. The cross-national cases the paper gathers, the ethnic nationalisms of the left, the religious traditionalists who vote left where the state keeps a church, show the same ethnic stock sorting another way under another structure. Latino interest as a liberal-coalition commitment is a settlement of mid-century American history, not a property of Latinos.

The third bias, the perpetrator bias, runs thin in his published work, because a man rarely casts himself or his allies as the wrongdoer in print. It surfaces in the conflict that has gathered around his management, and there the alliance machinery turns and runs the other way. The perpetrator bias, in the paper’s account, plays down the transgressor’s responsibility, leans on mitigating circumstance, polishes his intentions, and shrinks the harm, and allies apply it on a transgressor’s behalf. Set the reporting beside the prediction. After staff accounts surfaced, carried by TheWrap, of a 2022 complaint from eight employees describing a manager who belittled subordinates, of byline-counting against the union’s rule, of a verb the newsroom coined for the call that came with the shouting, the institution answered in the register the theory names. The matters had been addressed and resolved. He had been promoted with full sight of his history. He remained in good standing. Mitigation, minimized harm, an ally’s intentions kept clean, the perpetrator bias applied to an ally by the coalition that depends on him.

The accusers run the opposite tactic. They press his responsibility, trace the conduct to a settled disposition rather than to circumstance, and gather their grievance into a shared one, the staff who trade the term for being screamed at, the editor who resigns and names him on the way out. Victim biases marshaled against a rival, the same tools Becerra lifts for his Latino allies in the casting essay, now lifted against him.

Two findings of the theory come clear in this. The first is that one man sits at both ends of the machinery, the advocate who deploys victim and attributional biases for his coalition in the public conflict, and the accused for whom others deploy perpetrator biases in the private one. Which biases attach to him depends on the conflict he stands in. They mark his place in a fight rather than a trait he carries. The second is that alliances are local and do not reduce to identity. The ethnic line that organizes his public work does not organize the newsroom fight. Among the staff who pressed the complaints was the Latino editor of the section built for Latino coverage. An ethnic ally in one conflict is a labor rival in another, as the paper insists when it separates alliances from groups and notes that a man can resent a member of his own group. The byline-count belongs to the labor-and-management alliance, not the ethnic one. The union reads it as a violated contract, a victim’s frame for labor. Management reads it as a measure of performance, a mitigating frame for the manager. The same act, two coalitions, two meanings.

Hold the symmetry the theory insists on, because it fixes what the reading claims and what it does not. It does not find Becerra more tribal or more cynical than other men. The same alliance psychology drives the trucker who insulted his father, the owner reading the losses, the employees who filed against him, and the employees who stand with him. The trucker’s not-American and Becerra’s Latino-interest are one psychology turned toward different allies. The sincerity is real on every side and beside the point, because the coalition makes the belief. To call his representation politics alliance maintenance, and his institution’s defense of him alliance maintenance, and his accusers’ grievance alliance maintenance, is to say of each only what the theory says of all politics. The frame earns its place by prediction rather than exposure. It holds that the contents of his belief, and the contents of the belief aimed at him, will track the coalitions in play. The casting essay, the father essay, and the newsroom fight, read together, bear it out.

The Four Questions

1. What coalition do they depend on for status and income.
2. Who do they risk angering if they speak plainly.
3. Who benefits if their framing wins.
4. What truths would cost them their position.

One. His coalition is ownership, not the newsroom. The chair he holds was handed to him by Terry Tang and rests on the favor of Patrick Soon-Shiong, the man who signs for the losses and decides who leads. His income and his status flow down from the owner, not up from the staff or the union, whom he can direct and override. A secondary coalition props the first: his standing as the highest-ranking Latino in the paper’s history, and the representation it signals, gives the appointment a legitimacy the owner can point to. So he depends on two groups that pull against each other, the financier who is cutting the paper and the community whose presence in the building the cuts reduced.
Two. He risks angering the owner if he speaks plainly, and the owner is the one who can remove him. To say in public what many in the newsroom think about the layoffs, the buyouts, or the editorial-board appointments would cost him the seat, so candor toward power runs straight into his own dependence on that power. He also risks the staff and the Guild if he speaks plainly in the other direction, about performance, output, or the people who filed against him. The man stands between the owner he cannot cross and the staff he has already lost the confidence of, and plain speech in either direction has a price.
Three. If his framing wins, the owner wins first. The framing is the loyal lifer, the accountability reporter, the steady hand guiding a wounded institution, the Boyle Heights son who rose. Soon-Shiong gets a stabilizing manager and a Latino face that softens the charge of gutting Latino coverage in the same season the promotion landed. Tang gets her judgment validated. Becerra keeps the chair and the legacy intact, the twenty-five years vindicated. The paper gets a continuity story to tell about itself while it contracts. The framing converts a period of loss into a narrative of arrival.
Four. The truths that might cost him the position: that the conduct the complaints describe was real and never corrected, only managed; that counting bylines broke the contract he was bound to keep; that the representation milestone served as cover for cutting the very journalists it was meant to honor; that the accountability he is celebrated for aiming outward at power, he resists when it points at his own desk; that he holds the chair on the owner’s sufferance rather than the staff’s trust, and might not survive a change of owner or a louder accounting. Establishing any of those plainly, or saying them himself, is the thing his place cannot absorb.
The pattern under all four: the word he is consecrated for, accountability, is also the word that threatens him, and the coalition that keeps him is the one he cannot hold to account.

Merit

His Los Angeles Times profile reads:

Hector Becerra is managing editor of the Los Angeles Times. A native Angeleno who grew up in Boyle Heights, Becerra’s first foray into journalism was as the editor of the University Times at Cal State Los Angeles. He started his career at the Los Angeles Times in 1999 and was a general assignment reporter until 2014, covering everything from wildfires to crime to Latino cultural trends. He has been among the first to a murder scene as part of a ride-along in South L.A. and has tried his hand as a field worker, picking strawberries in Santa Maria. Becerra was part of the team of reporters that won the Pulitzer Prize’s Public Service award for its coverage of the city of Bell corruption scandal. He was city editor for the California section until 2022, when he was promoted to deputy managing editor. He was named managing editor in 2024.

Does Becerra have his position on the basis of merit or as a result of affirmative action? Or both?
A reader might see his profile (Cal State LA, Boyle Heights, the “highest-ranking Latino” framing arriving the same month as layoffs) and file him as a diversity promotion.
Merit in his job resists clear measurement, and that makes the affirmative-action charge cheap. You cannot prove it from the outside and you cannot disprove it.
On the page, the reporting record is real, and it cuts against the lazy read. His solo bylines show craft with narrative nonfiction built scene by scene. He profiled a ninety-year-old woman walking down to the floor of the department store her family had owned since the 1920s, her deputy at her side. Olive Kemp, 90, moved down the stairs with Marta De La Hoya, 50, in careful step beside her. He covered spot crime, the vigil for a young man shot at a Crenshaw intersection, and he co-wrote the Hollywood Hills brush fire that threatened the sign. The blaze ran the largest in those hills in nearly two decades. The strawberry assignment, where he lasted hours in the rows, is immersion reporting. A man who writes like this earns his standing as a writer.
The Pulitzer is weaker evidence. The Public Service prize goes to the institution and the team, not to a byline. He was on the Bell team and the medal is real, but it shows he belonged to a strong staff, not that he drove the investigation. Treat it as collective consecration.
Where merit becomes unprovable is the leap from city editor to deputy managing editor to managing editor. Editing talent and leadership fitness do not leave bylines. The only external read on them runs through peer testimony, and the peer testimony is contaminated on both sides, by the conduct complaints from people who experienced him as a boss and by the coalition incentives of people who depend on him. His final promotion landed the same month the paper cut more than a fifth of the newsroom, including a heavy share of its Latino staff. That timing is what feeds the suspicion, and it is a fair thing to note. It is not proof of anything. It is the circumstance that makes the cheap read available.

LAT: ‘In this town, it’s as if Hollywood tries not to cast Latinos’

Becerra writes Feb. 27, 2016:

In Hollywood, there is no Magical Latino.

That honey-tongued Mexican American dude who can help the white guy with his golf game while, more important, imparting life lessons before disappearing over the horizon? He doesn’t exist. That Salvadoran woman wisely guiding the “Chosen One” — another white guy — through an alternate-reality maze to his appointed destiny? You won’t find her.

A Latino playing God as he gives up control of planet Earth to help a funny white TV reporter having a bad day at the office? Get out of here.

Since the Academy Award nominations were announced, much of the #OscarsSoWhite conversation has focused on black actors. But consider Latinos, the nation’s largest minority group, even if Hollywood very often doesn’t.

LAT: When childhood innocence and gang violence lived side by side in Boyle Heights

Becerra writes May 12, 2016:

Murder will never go out of business, but one can imagine that some of the people who died back when Jesse and I were very young maybe wouldn’t have now. The 1980s and 1990s could be cruel, and many of the deaths weren’t gang-related: There was my next-door neighbor Cathy who committed suicide while under the influence of drugs. And there was the father of one friend who shot dead the father of another just down the street.

But there was also something liberating about being a boy, playing outside and not being cooped up in your home, heedless of the grim statistics because you were so very young and didn’t know any better.

As for joining a gang — real or a naive facsimile — my older brother would have ridiculed me into abject shame and my mother would have pulverized me.

LAT: ‘How Vin Scully helped me learn English and kept my Mexican American family together’

Becerra writes Sep. 25, 2016:

When your parents are immigrants, you generally grow up speaking their language, be it Cantonese or Mandarin, Korean, Armenian or Spanish.

You close your eyes, drift into slumber, and that language carries you into your dreams.

But there comes a point where one door closes and another opens. You don’t dream so much in the language of your parents. You begin to dream in English.

That happened to me right about the time I became a Dodgers fan. I was 6, just starting school at Sheridan Elementary in Boyle Heights, and the narrator of those moments I so desperately wanted to happen — that baseball I wanted to see soar over the center field wall at Chavez Ravine — was Vin Scully.

His voice carried me through dreams where it was me, not Kirk Gibson, who got the big hit that brought glory and happiness to my city.

Scully was the first broadcaster I listened to regularly, and he sounded like no one I had ever met or heard. He brought alive the exploits of Steve Garvey, Dusty Baker and my favorite, Pedro Guerrero.

As much as school, sports and an endless loop of Bugs Bunny cartoons, he taught me English.

LAT: ‘My father came here illegally. But in many ways he was a red-blooded American’

Becerra writes Jan. 1, 2017:

My father was working as a forklift operator at a Los Angeles factory five decades ago when a trucker from out of state began to insult him. My dad was a Mexican immigrant, though that’s not what the trucker called him, over and over again.

It was a thing that would inspire many law-abiding, red-blooded Americans to at least ponder the possibility of punching someone’s lights out.

And my old man would have decked “Big Bad John” on principle, but he had an Achilles’ heel: He had young children to feed and he was in the country illegally. He had to grit his teeth and take it. Then his boss showed up and ripped into the trucker, telling him to take his cargo and never come back.

This boss, my father said, was white. And no matter how many times, glassy-eyed with memories, he told it, this man was the hero of the tale.

My father was like so many immigrants of his generation from Mexico: Coming north, without proper papers, looking for work and a better life for their families. Over the years, my father and people like him were demonized by those who felt they were ruining California and praised by others who believed their work ethic and labor were a boon to the state.

During the tough times, it was easy to feel like an outsider, alienated for not being American. That wasn’t quite my dad…

My father read Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Steinbeck and Melville from our childhood porch in Boyle Heights. In spiral notebooks he composed verses to Mexican songs about his hometown in Jalisco state, like the one he first penned as a teenager, just a few years after his father died when he was 12 — and just a few years before he crossed into the U.S. in the trunk of a car.

One Building

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) described social life as a set of fields, each a structured arena with its own stakes, its own rules, and its own forms of capital, the resources that buy standing inside it. Journalism is such a field. What counts as value there, the scoop, the byline, the prize, the respect of peers, counts there and not at the bank or the ballot box without conversion, and some of it resists conversion altogether. Read Becerra through this lens and a single fact organizes the whole life. His capital is field-specific and bound to one institution, worth a great deal inside the Los Angeles Times and hard to price anywhere else.

Begin with the capital. Twenty-five years in one building leave a man holding assets that do not detach from him or from the place. He knows the southeast cities and which of them hides what. He knows the sources, the desks, the rival agencies, the feel of a Southern California breaking story at the hour it breaks. He carries the network of a metro newsroom in his person, the editors he made and the reporters he raised. Bourdieu names this embodied cultural capital and social capital, and its defining trait here is that it lives in the man and indexes to the city and the institution. It is not a portable byline. A national columnist carries his name across the field and sells it to the next paper. Becerra’s value is the value of a man who is the institution’s memory and its map, and a map of Los Angeles drawn into one editor does not transfer to a newsroom in New York.

His habitus is the second fact, and the field’s changing state turned it from a liability into an asset. Boyle Heights, Roosevelt High, a commuter university, an immigrant home where the father taught himself the language at night. Set that formation against the habitus of most who run American newsrooms, the prestige college, the coastal professional family, the inherited ease in the institutions of the educated class. In an older configuration of the field, the working-class origin and the regional school read as deficits, the wrong credentials in a trade that sorts partly by the rank of one’s schooling. The field changed. The paper came to need a man who could speak to and for Latino Los Angeles, and the habitus the field once discounted became the scarce thing. His feel for the game, the instinct that sends him to the right corrupt town and lets him sit with a grieving mother and come back with the story, is the embodied knowledge Bourdieu set against the credential. Columbia does not teach it. Boyle Heights did.

The Pulitzer is consecration, the field’s act of conferring worth. It turns years of labor into symbolic capital, the honor the field grants and recognizes as its highest. Two things follow from reading it as consecration rather than as a private trophy. The Public Service award goes to the institution and the team, so the field consecrates itself through him as much as it crowns him. And the symbolic capital it confers is legible on the field’s own scale of value. It marks him among journalists. It does not reprice him in the labor market that lies outside the field, where a fifteen-year-old shared medal is a line on a résumé and not a wage.

The title works the same way. Highest-ranking Latino in the paper’s history is symbolic capital the field issues, and it flows in both directions. He gains the honor. The institution gains the legitimacy of having raised him. The title is also a position in the structure, and it binds the holder to the body that issued it, because the honor indexes to this masthead. He holds it at the Los Angeles Times. He would hold nothing of the kind by walking into another paper, where the title resets to zero and the capital behind it stays in the building that minted it.

A field is structured between two poles, and the journalistic field strains between them more each year. At the autonomous pole sit the values the field generates for itself, the recognition of peers, the craft, the independence of the report. At the heteronomous pole sit the external powers, the market and the owner and the political pressure that bear on the field from outside. Bourdieu argued in On Television that the commercial pole has gained on the autonomous one across the trade. Soon-Shiong’s losses, the buyouts, the layoffs that cut a fifth of the room, the seating of a conservative commentator on the editorial board, these are the heteronomous pole pressing on whatever editorial autonomy the paper keeps. The managing editor of a contracting paper stands at the hinge between the poles. The autonomous pole consecrated him, the Pulitzer and the craft, and his office now transmits the heteronomous demands into the newsroom. The bind is structural, a property of the chair and not a flaw of the man. The position sits where the two pressures meet, and whoever holds it carries both.

The conflict around his management reads, in this frame, as a struggle over which logic governs the room. The byline-count, as the reporting describes it, imports a heteronomous measure, output counted against a number, into a field that guards its autonomy through the union contract and its own ideas of worth. The union answers with the rule that a name cannot be metered. The struggle is over what counts as value at the desk, the field’s measure or the market’s, and the manager the field consecrated now enforces the market’s. The friction is the contradiction of his position made audible.

Now the central fact pays out. The capital does not convert. The symbolic capital of the title, the social capital of the Los Angeles network, the embodied capital of the feel for the metro game, each indexes to this institution and this city, and each evaporates at the door. A national star reconverts his capital across the field and beyond it. He moves to a larger paper, crosses into television, turns a name into a book. Becerra holds the kind of capital that cannot make the trip. He stays through the controversy because the field offers him no exit at par. Loyalty is the name the outside gives it. The structure underneath is plainer. He has nowhere the capital cashes.

The illusio deepens the hold. Bourdieu used the word for a man’s investment in the game, his belief that the stakes are worth the playing. Twenty-five years in one building make that belief total, because the whole of a man’s accumulated worth rides on the game staying real. He cannot stand outside it and weigh it, since to disbelieve the stakes is to write down everything he owns. The man and the position have grown into each other.

The trajectory was once the ordinary shape of a newspaper life and is now an artifact. A man builds wholly institution-specific capital across a career, and the institution contracts under him. The value of his holdings falls with the paper, and because the holdings do not travel, the falling value cannot be carried to safer ground. The more the paper shrinks, the less his capital is worth, and the less it is worth elsewhere, the harder he holds the shrinking paper. He is bound to a depreciating asset he cannot diversify. What reads from outside as stubbornness, or as the refusal to leave under fire, is the position speaking through the man. The field made him, consecrated him, titled him, and closed the other doors, and a capital that lives in one building keeps its holder there to the end of the building.

Watergate as Democratic Ritual & Cultural Trauma

Yale sociologist Jeffrey C. Alexander (b. 1947) reads public life as the working of a civil sphere, a domain held together by a binary code that sorts actors and acts into the sacred and the polluted. On the pure side stand the civil virtues, honesty, fairness, the impersonal obligation of office, the inclusion of the citizen. On the profane side stand their opposites, corruption, personal interest, factional loyalty, the abuse of power. In his essay on Watergate he showed that a scandal is made and not born. Facts do not speak. A society tells them, and it tells them by moving public attention up from the level of goals and interest to the level of sacred value, until an act once seen as ordinary politics is seen as a profanation of the code. A newspaper that holds power to account is a working instrument of that code. When it exposed the officials of Bell, it polluted them and purified the public trust, and the field rewarded the work with its prize for public service. The Los Angeles Times built its civil identity on administering the binary outward. The owner names the aspiration plainly when he calls the paper a pillar of democracy.

Becerra is a professional of the code. His accountability journalism is the ritual that names a transgressor, fixes him on the profane side, and restores the sacred center the transgression threatened. The small corrupt cities, the salaries at Bell, the officials led to conviction, each is an act of civil purification performed in print. The man rose by working the binary on others. Hold that in view, because the frame’s sharpest reading turns on it. The professional of the code now stands inside the code as an actor who might be sorted, and the institution that built its name on dramatizing pollution must decide whether to dramatize its own.

Two traumas press on the paper, and Alexander’s theory of cultural trauma gives the shape of each. A trauma, in his account, is a claim. A carrier group asserts that some sacred value has been profaned and some collectivity wounded in its identity. The claim succeeds or fails by how it answers four questions. What was the pain. Who was the victim. Does the wider audience see the victim as one of its own. Who bears responsibility.

The first trauma is the wound to Latino Los Angeles. The January cuts took more than a fifth of the newsroom and a heavy share of its Latino staff, and the section built for Latino coverage was gutted. The carrier groups formed at once, the union, the departing editors, the Latino journalists who named the loss. The pain is the silencing of a community’s voice in the paper that claims to speak for it. The victim is Latino Los Angeles, the readership the paper’s civil identity rests on representing. The question of the audience is the hard one, whether the broader public takes the loss as its own, and the institution needs it to, because a paper that represents only some of the city has shrunk its circle of the we. Responsibility points up, to the owner and the losses he is cutting against.

Becerra’s promotion is the repair. Naming the highest-ranking Latino in the paper’s history, in the same season as the cuts, is a gesture of civil reintegration aimed at the wound. It says the circle still holds, the community still has its place at the center, the institution still means its mission. Alexander’s word for the late phase of a trauma is routinization, the moment the affect cools and the lesson is set in a monument that can no longer summon the first emotion. The promotion is that monument. It offers a symbol, one Latino raised, in the place of the structural loss, many Latinos cut, and it lets the wound close without the repair the wound called for. The symbol stands in for the solidarity.

The second trauma cuts the other way and pollutes the repair figure himself. The staff accounts, carried by TheWrap, make their own trauma claim, and it sorts into Alexander’s four questions. The pain is the humiliation of subordinates, a manager who belittled the people under him. The victims are those subordinates, the reporters who coined a verb for the call that came with the shouting. The audience is the profession and the public, reached through the reporting. Responsibility is named, and it is Becerra. The claim is, in the frame’s language, a charge of profanation, the pollution of a sacred office by personal abuse, the sin the civil code fixes on the profane side, personalism set against the impersonal obligation of office.

Now the collision. The figure offered as repair for the first trauma is the polluted actor of the second, and the carrier groups overlap until they cannot be told apart. The editor who resigned and named him ran the Latino section the layoffs had gutted. She is a victim of the first trauma and a carrier of the second, the wound and the accusation in one person. The institution’s solidarity gesture has become the institution’s pollution problem. What the paper raised to close one wound has opened another at the center.

The institution answers in ritual speech, and the speech is purification meant to contain a spread. The matters had been addressed and resolved. He stood in good standing. He had been promoted with full sight of his history. Alexander’s Watergate essay names the danger these utterances guard against, the pollution reaching the center, the owner and the leadership and the paper’s own name. The 2022 investigation closed with the complaining staff offered the option to move teams, which relocates the polluted rather than the polluter and contains the profanation by moving its victims out of its path. The frame has a precedent for this. When American soldiers were accused of a massacre at No Gun Ri, the army convened its own inquiry and declared itself innocent, the perpetrator holding the power to investigate and absolve. A paper that would televise a hearing on the officials of Bell holds no hearing on its own editor. It administers the binary outward and declines to turn it inward.

This is the live tension, and the frame states it without heat. The paper’s sacred identity rests on the claim that office obligations govern personal interest, the claim its accountability journalism enacts on every corrupt official it names. The internal handling runs the same code in reverse. Pointed outward, the code dramatizes the rival’s transgression and generalizes it to a violation of sacred value. Pointed inward, it keeps the transgression of its own at the level of goals and personnel, a matter addressed and resolved, and works to block the generalization that would turn a labor grievance into a betrayal of the mission. Whether the claim against Becerra rises from the profane level to the sacred one depends, as Alexander says of every scandal, on contingent forces, on consensus, on a threat to the center widely felt, on social-control bodies willing to act, on autonomous countercenters, on a ritual arena that stages the judgment. Most are weak or absent here. The owner holds the center. The Guild is thinned by the very layoffs that opened the first wound. No televised hearing gathers the public into a communitas around the question. The broad audience does not take the subordinates’ suffering as its own. And so the second trauma has not generalized. It stays, in the terms of the Watergate essay, part of the profane world, a personnel story and not a crisis, the pollution named and contained.

The theory carries a moral question under the analysis, and it is the one the institution keeps from being asked of its own house. Is the suffering of others also our own. The paper poses that question on every front page that holds power to account, and its civil identity is the answer it gives, the expanding circle, the voice for the overlooked, the suffering of the city made the reader’s own. The two traumas test the answer against the paper’s own staff, the Latino journalists it cut and the subordinates it left to file their complaint and change desks. The frame does not rule on the conduct. It marks the gap between the code the paper administers to the world and the code it will not turn on its own house, and it predicts, right so far, that the institution with the power to call the hearing will decline to call the one that reaches its own center.

Cheap to Believe

Stephen Turner’s account of belief holds that men and institutions believe what is cheap to hold and leave untested what is costly to verify. Where the truth of a matter is hard or expensive to establish, the belief that settles in is the convenient one, the belief that serves the holder and spares him the price of finding out. Such a belief persists for reasons unrelated to its accuracy. Its survival measures the cost of verification and reports nothing about the state of the world. Apply the lens to the Los Angeles Times and its managing editor and ask of each belief the institution holds two questions. Whom does holding it spare, and how expensive would the truth be to establish.

Take the belief that the paper states most often about Becerra. The complaints were addressed and resolved. He remains in good standing. He was promoted with full sight of his history. The belief is convenient for the people who promoted him, because holding it spares them from acting. To establish its truth would mean reopening the file, weighing the accounts of the eight who filed and the editor who resigned, and reaching a finding the leadership might then have to enforce against a man it had just elevated. That verification is expensive in money, in time, in the embarrassment it would bring to those who made the appointment. Holding the convenient belief is free. So the convenient belief is the one held, and its persistence tells you what testing it would cost, not what the manager did.

Take the belief that the promotion honored the paper’s commitment to the community it serves. Raising the highest-ranking Latino in the paper’s history is a convenient thing to believe for a leadership that cut a heavy share of its Latino staff in the same season and gutted the section built for Latino coverage. The belief spares the institution the work of looking at that record. To establish whether the promotion served Latino Los Angeles would mean asking whether Latino coverage and Latino staffing improved, and the record answers against the belief. The institution does not run that check. The belief costs nothing to keep and a great deal to examine, so it is kept and not examined.

Take the largest belief of all, that the paper serves the public and stands as a pillar of democracy. This one is convenient for everyone in a shrinking newsroom who needs a reason to stay, and it carries a special protection. Its truth cannot be established at any price. Measuring what the public knows with the paper against what it would know without it is a counterfactual no one can run. The belief whose verification is impossible is the cheapest belief of all to hold, because nothing can ever come back to disturb it. The most expensive truth to establish has become the most comfortable thing to assert.

The frame turns on Becerra. A man holds convenient beliefs about his own conduct, that he is a demanding editor and a fair one, that counting a reporter’s bylines is rigorous stewardship, that the work is driven by the mission he names in his writing. To test those beliefs he would have to treat the staff accounts as evidence about himself, which is the most expensive verification a man can undertake, since the person who would run the check and the person it would convict are the same. The cost of finding out is highest exactly where the finding would land on the man doing the finding. So the convenient self-belief survives, not because it is false or true, but because the one positioned to test it is the one it protects.

Convenient beliefs flourish wherever verification is costly and the verifier and the verified are the same party. The institution judges its own conduct and holds the belief that clears it. The editor judges his own conduct and holds the belief that clears him. In both places the expense of checking falls on the party the check would indict, and so the check is not run and the convenient belief stands. The frame does not call any of these beliefs false. It says their truth was never the reason they are held, and would be the last thing anyone with the power to look chose to look at.

>Explaining the Normative

Stephen Turner’s >Explaining the Normative takes apart a way of explaining human conduct that feels like common sense. The way says that people act as they do because norms require it, that institutions answer to values, that conduct is governed by obligations and commitments and reasons that exist as binding things over and above habit and interest. Turner argues that no such things do the work claimed for them. There are habits. There are expectations. There are sanctions and trained dispositions and the ordinary causal regularities of how people behave when they have been raised and rewarded and punished in certain ways. The normative is a layer of description laid over these materials, and the layer explains nothing the materials do not already explain. Strip the norm away and the conduct stands accounted for. When the normative account tries to bite on the world, at what Turner calls the naturalistic moment, it converts into ordinary causal facts and the supposed normative residue disappears. The account survives anyway, the way a taboo survives, a false story that persists because it does practical work, which Turner calls a Good Bad Theory. The Becerra affair is told from end to end in the normative idiom. Run it through the frame and watch the idiom do no work.

The charge against Becerra is put as the violation of the obligations of office. An editor, the claim goes, is bound by duties to the people under him, and he breached them. Take the obligation as a binding thing and ask what it explains. The staff held expectations about how an editor behaves, expectations trained into them by their own years in newsrooms. Becerra had habits of his own, trained into him across a quarter century at one desk. When his conduct cut against the staff’s expectations, sanctions followed, the complaint, the resignation, the reporting. Every part of this is habit, expectation, and sanction. The obligation of office adds nothing to the account. It is the same facts said again in a higher register. Remove the word obligation and nothing in the story goes unexplained. The duty was never the cause. The dispositions and the sanctions were the cause, and the duty is the layer painted across them.

The byline-count is staged as a clash of norms. The union holds up the contract and its rule against a quota. Management holds up the value of accountability and the measure of output. Two norms, the telling goes, in collision. Turner’s question is what either norm explains. The contract is a written set of expectations with penalties attached, a sanction-backed habit of the trade. The managerial practice is Becerra’s trained reflex to count what his reporters produce. The collision is between two sets of habits with two sets of sanctions behind them, and it will be settled by which sanctions bite harder, the grievance machinery on one side or the authority of the chair on the other. Naming the contract a norm and the counting a value lays a moral surface over a contest of sanctions. The surface predicts nothing the sanctions do not.

The paper presents its accountability journalism as the enactment of a value, the institution answering to an ideal of public service. Here the overlay is at its thickest, because the value-talk is the paper’s own self-description and its pride. Strip it. What remains is a trained practice, reporters habituated to a genre, editors drilled in its conventions, an institution with incentives to produce a certain kind of story and a prize system that rewards it. The Bell investigation was the output of those dispositions meeting those incentives. The Pulitzer was a sanction in the reward direction, the trade’s way of reinforcing the practice. The value of accountability explains none of this. The habits and the incentives explain all of it. The value is the name the practice goes by, and the naming changes nothing about why the work got done.

Good standing is the clearest case of the naturalistic moment. The institution says Becerra remains in good standing, and the phrase sounds like the report of a normative fact, a status he holds in some order of obligations and entitlements. Press the phrase against the world and ask what it refers to. It refers to his continued title, his continued salary, his continued authority to assign and edit, the continued backing of those above him. That is all there is to find. The normative status, examined, is the set of causal facts about his employment and nothing more. There is no extra fact, no normative residue, once the causal facts are named. The word standing did not name a moral position the conduct earned or forfeited. It named the persistence of his job, dressed in a vocabulary that makes the persistence sound deserved.

Becerra’s own moral language meets the same fate, and the frame requires that it should, since it spares no one. He writes and speaks in the idiom of accountability, of voice for the overlooked, of a duty to the city. Turner does not call the idiom dishonest. He calls it idle. It does not explain the man’s conduct, which runs on the dispositions of a long apprenticeship and the incentives of his offices. The principle is the description he lays over the practice, and the practice would unfold the same way with the description removed. A man trained as he was trained, rewarded as he was rewarded, placed where he was placed, behaves as he behaves. The accountability creed rides on top of that and drives none of it.

Notice what the frame does to the dispute as a whole. The affair is experienced by everyone in it as a quarrel about norms, whether Becerra broke a real obligation, whether the paper honors a real value, whether the milestone discharged a real commitment to the Latino staff it cut. Turner’s claim is that there is no normative fact of the matter for the quarrel to be about. There are no binding obligations, values, or commitments standing behind the words, only the habits people were trained into, the expectations they hold of one another, and the sanctions they can bring to bear. The participants will go on speaking as though a moral order were the thing at stake, because the normative idiom does practical work and will not be given up, which is what a Good Bad Theory is, a false account too useful to abandon. But the work that decides the outcome goes on underneath the idiom, done by dispositions and sanctions, while the idiom floats on top explaining nothing. Whoever’s sanctions prevail will be said, afterward, to have had the norm on his side. The norm will have been the layer, painted on after the causal work was done.

In Good Standing

Stephen Turner’s work on the normative dissolves a habit of thought that runs through journalism as much as through social science. The habit treats norms as real things, shared values that explain why people act and that institutions answer to. Turner argues there are no such things doing the work claimed for them. What exists are habits, expectations, sanctions, trained dispositions, and the coordination of coalitions. The normative is an overlay laid on these materials, and the overlay explains nothing. In >Explaining the Normative he gives the overlay a name when it surfaces in public talk, the Good Bad Theory, a false account that coordinates a group the way a taboo coordinates a tribe, useless as description and effective as glue. A second claim follows. Beliefs, in domains where verification is hard or costly, are held less because they have been tested than because a coalition can afford to hold them. Put the Los Angeles Times and its managing editor through this lens and the institution’s moral language turns from a set of commitments into a set of conveniences.

Start with the largest of them. The paper calls itself a pillar of democracy and its work a service to the public. Take the claim as Turner takes any normative claim. Its truth in the way the institution means it is a separate question, and not the one the frame pursues. It is a Good Bad Theory, a sentence whose work is coordination. It aligns the staff around a shared identity, justifies the labor, and supplies the morale a contracting newsroom needs. Whether the paper serves democracy is a question expensive to answer, since it would require a measure of the public’s knowledge with the paper and without it, a counterfactual no one can run. The belief survives the contraction because the verification is unaffordable and the belief is cheap. A failing business that tells its people they are a pillar of democracy buys coordination at no cost. The sentence does no descriptive work. It does a great deal of holding-together work, which is what a Good Bad Theory is for.

The institution’s account of its managing editor is the same kind of sentence. The matters had been addressed and resolved. He had been promoted with full sight of his history. He remains in good standing. Turner asks why these claims are held. Their accuracy is a separate question and not the one the frame pursues, because the answer lies in the cost structure. To verify good standing would mean reopening the complaints, weighing the accounts of the eight who filed and the editor who resigned, and reaching a finding the institution might have to act on. That verification is costly in money, in morale, in the damage it might do to the leadership that promoted him. Holding the convenient belief costs nothing. So the belief is held, and its persistence tells you about the cost of testing it, not about the conduct it describes. Good standing is a coordination device. It lets the coalition continue.

The representation milestone works the same way. The institution holds that raising the highest-ranking Latino in its history honors its commitment to the community it serves. The claim coordinates the diversity coalition and legitimates the leadership that made the appointment. Set against it the structural record, the layoffs that cut a heavy share of Latino staff in the same season, the section for Latino coverage gutted. A belief tested against that record would not survive. The belief is not tested against that record. It is held because the coalition can afford to hold it and because the cost of facing the gap between the milestone and the staffing runs high. The normative claim, we are committed to representation, does no work as a description of what happened to Latino journalists at the paper. It does work as a sentence that lets everyone proceed.

Turn the frame on the conflict and it deflates both sides at once, which is the test of whether a man is applying it honestly. The fight is conducted in normative language. The institution invokes good standing and stewardship. The accusers invoke the dignity of subordinates and the obligations of office. The union invokes the contract and the rule against a byline quota. Management invokes performance and accountability. Turner’s claim is that none of these invocations names a real normative fact that explains the outcome. The contract is a sanction-backed habit, and the appeal to it coordinates labor. The obligation of office is a trained disposition dressed as a law of the moral universe. Accountability is the word the leadership trained its people to revere, now turned by the people against the leadership. Each side reaches for the overlay because the overlay coordinates its coalition, and the overlay on each side does the same nothing as the overlay on the other. What moves the conflict is habit, sanction, the costs each side can bear, and the coalition each can hold together.

Becerra’s own moral vocabulary falls under the same deflation. His journalism and his essays speak the language of accountability, of voice for the overlooked, of representation. Turner does not call these insincere. He calls them an overlay. They do not explain his conduct, which runs on the trained dispositions of a quarter century in one newsroom and the coalitions that raised him. The principle is the sentence laid over the practice, and the sentence does no causal work. This is the hard edge of the frame and the reason it cuts. It denies the explanatory power of principle to the admired journalist and the aggrieved subordinate alike. Neither is moved by a norm, because there are no norms of the kind the moral talk assumes. There are the practices, and there are the sentences laid over them.

The leadership that runs the paper forms its convenient beliefs through its own internal consensus, and that consensus is insulated from outside correction. The experts inside the institution set the standards by which the institution is judged. They decide what counts as good standing, what counts as service to the public, what the representation milestone proves. Where verification is costly and the verifiers are the same people who hold the belief, the belief drifts free of any test it might fail. The internal consensus can diverge from what an outside accounting would find, and nothing in the structure pulls it back. The convenient belief is not a lie told to the public. It is a sentence the coalition tells itself, kept alive by the cost of checking it and the absence of anyone placed to bear that cost.

The frame leaves the conduct unjudged, as it must, because its claim is not about whether the institution is right about Becerra. It claims the institution is not in the business of being right or wrong about him in the way its language pretends. Good standing, the public trust, the commitment to representation, the obligations of office, these are Good Bad Theories, sentences that coordinate the people who say them and survive because no one can afford to test them. What looks like an institution living up to or falling short of its values is an institution maintaining the beliefs it can afford, in the one domain, its own conduct, where the cost of verification runs highest and the verifier and the verified are the same. The morality is the overlay. Underneath are the habits, the sanctions, and the coalition, doing the work the morality takes the credit for.

Posted in Journalism, Los Angeles, Los Angeles Times | Comments Off on Hector Becerra